Document:

Exhibit
10.1

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CREDIT
AGREEMENT

among

IHS INC.

INFORMATION
HANDLING SERVICES GROUP INC.

and

THE
FOREIGN BORROWERS NAMED HEREIN

as Borrowers

THE
LENDERS NAMED HEREIN

as Lenders

and

KEYBANK
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent

U.S.
BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Co-Syndication Agent

WELLS
FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Co-Syndication Agent

BANK OF
AMERICA, N.A.

as Co-Documentation Agent

and

RBS
CITIZENS BANK, N.A.

as Co-Documentation Agent

dated as of

September 7, 2007

 

TABLE OF
CONTENTS

	
  

  	
   

  	
  Page

  	 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS

  	
   

  	
  2

  
	
  Section 1.1.
  Definitions

  	
   

  	
  2

  
	
  Section 1.2.
  Accounting Terms

  	
   

  	
  23

  
	
  Section 1.3.
  Terms Generally

  	
   

  	
  23

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE II. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT

  	
   

  	
  23

  
	
  Section 2.1.
  Amount and Nature of Credit

  	
   

  	
  23

  
	
  Section 2.2.
  Revolving Credit

  	
   

  	
  24

  
	
  Section 2.3.
  Interest

  	
   

  	
  28

  
	
  Section 2.4.
  Evidence of Indebtedness

  	
   

  	
  29

  
	
  Section 2.5.
  Notice of Credit Event; Funding of Loans

  	
   

  	
  30

  
	
  Section 2.6.
  Payment on Loans and Other Obligations

  	
   

  	
  31

  
	
  Section 2.7.
  Prepayment

  	
   

  	
  32

  
	
  Section 2.8.
  Commitment and Other Fees

  	
   

  	
  33

  
	
  Section 2.9.
  Modifications to Commitment

  	
   

  	
  33

  
	
  Section 2.10.
  Computation of Interest and Fees

  	
   

  	
  34

  
	
  Section 2.11.
  Mandatory Payment

  	
   

  	
  34

  
	
  Section 2.12.
  Liability of Borrowers

  	
   

  	
  35

  
	
  Section 2.13.
  Addition of Foreign Borrowers or Foreign Guarantors

  	
   

  	
  36

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE III.
  ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO LIBOR FIXED RATE LOANS; INCREASED CAPITAL;
  TAXES

  	
   

  	
  38

  
	
  Section 3.1.
  Requirements of Law

  	
   

  	
  38

  
	
  Section 3.2.
  Taxes

  	
   

  	
  39

  
	
  Section 3.3.
  Funding Losses

  	
   

  	
  40

  
	
  Section 3.4.
  Eurodollar Rate or Alternate Currency Rate Lending Unlawful; Inability to
  Determine Rate

  	
   

  	
  41

  
	
  Section 3.5.
  Discretion of Lenders as to Manner of Funding

  	
   

  	
  41

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE IV. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

  	
   

  	
  42

  
	
  Section 4.1.
  Conditions to Each Credit Event

  	
   

  	
  42

  
	
  Section 4.2.
  Conditions to the First Credit Event

  	
   

  	
  42

  
	
  Section 4.3.
  Post-Closing Conditions

  	
   

  	
  44

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE V. COVENANTS

  	
   

  	
  44

  
	
  Section 5.1.
  Insurance

  	
   

  	
  44

  
	
  Section 5.2.
  Money Obligations

  	
   

  	
  44

  
	
  Section 5.3.
  Financial Statements and Information

  	
   

  	
  45

  
	
  Section 5.4.
  Financial Records

  	
   

  	
  46

  
	
  Section 5.5.
  Franchises; Change in Business

  	
   

  	
  46

  
	
  Section 5.6.
  ERISA Pension and Benefit Plan Compliance

  	
   

  	
  46

  
	
  Section 5.7.
  Financial Covenants

  	
   

  	
  47

  

 

 i
 

 

	
  

  	
   

  	
  Page

  	 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Section 5.8.
  Borrowing

  	
   

  	
  47

  
	
  Section 5.9. Liens

  	
   

  	
  48

  
	
  Section 5.10.
  Regulations T, U and X

  	
   

  	
  48

  
	
  Section 5.11.
  Investments, Loans and Guaranties

  	
   

  	
  49

  
	
  Section 5.12.
  Merger and Sale of Assets

  	
   

  	
  50

  
	
  Section 5.13.
  Acquisitions

  	
   

  	
  50

  
	
  Section 5.14.
  Notice

  	
   

  	
  51

  
	
  Section 5.15.
  Environmental Compliance

  	
   

  	
  51

  
	
  Section 5.16.
  Affiliate Transactions

  	
   

  	
  52

  
	
  Section 5.17.
  Use of Proceeds

  	
   

  	
  52

  
	
  Section 5.18.
  Corporate Names

  	
   

  	
  52

  
	
  Section 5.19.
  Restricted Payments

  	
   

  	
  52

  
	
  Section 5.20.
  Subsidiary Guaranties

  	
   

  	
  52

  
	
  Section 5.21.
  Restrictive Agreements

  	
   

  	
  53

  
	
  Section 5.22.
  Amendment of Organizational Documents

  	
   

  	
  53

  
	
  Section 5.23.
  Further Assurances

  	
   

  	
  53

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE VI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

  	
   

  	
  54

  
	
  Section 6.1.
  Corporate Existence; Subsidiaries; Foreign Qualification

  	
   

  	
  54

  
	
  Section 6.2.
  Corporate Authority

  	
   

  	
  54

  
	
  Section 6.3.
  Compliance with Laws and Contracts

  	
   

  	
  54

  
	
  Section 6.4.
  Litigation and Administrative Proceedings

  	
   

  	
  55

  
	
  Section 6.5.
  Title to Assets

  	
   

  	
  55

  
	
  Section 6.6.
  Liens and Security Interests

  	
   

  	
  55

  
	
  Section 6.7. Tax
  Returns

  	
   

  	
  55

  
	
  Section 6.8.
  Environmental Laws

  	
   

  	
  56

  
	
  Section 6.9.
  Continued Business

  	
   

  	
  56

  
	
  Section 6.10.
  Employee Benefits Plans

  	
   

  	
  56

  
	
  Section 6.11.
  Consents or Approvals

  	
   

  	
  57

  
	
  Section 6.12.
  Solvency

  	
   

  	
  57

  
	
  Section 6.13.
  Financial Statements

  	
   

  	
  57

  
	
  Section 6.14.
  Regulations

  	
   

  	
  57

  
	
  Section 6.15.
  Material Agreements

  	
   

  	
  58

  
	
  Section 6.16. Intellectual
  Property

  	
   

  	
  58

  
	
  Section 6.17.
  Insurance

  	
   

  	
  58

  
	
  Section 6.18.
  Accurate and Complete Statements

  	
   

  	
  58

  
	
  Section 6.19.
  Investment Company

  	
   

  	
  58

  
	
  Section 6.20.
  Defaults

  	
   

  	
  58

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE VII. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

  	
   

  	
  59

  
	
  Section 7.1.
  Payments

  	
   

  	
  59

  
	
  Section 7.2.
  Special Covenants

  	
   

  	
  59

  
	
  Section 7.3.
  Other Covenants

  	
   

  	
  59

  

 

 ii
 

 

	
  

  	
   

  	
  Page

  	 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Section 7.4.
  Representations and Warranties

  	
   

  	
  59

  
	
  Section 7.5.
  Cross Default

  	
   

  	
  59

  
	
  Section 7.6.
  ERISA Default

  	
   

  	
  59

  
	
  Section 7.7.
  Change in Control

  	
   

  	
  59

  
	
  Section 7.8. Money
  Judgment

  	
   

  	
  59

  
	
  Section 7.9.
  Material Adverse Change

  	
   

  	
  60

  
	
  Section 7.10.
  Validity of Loan Documents

  	
   

  	
  60

  
	
  Section 7.11.
  Solvency of Certain Companies

  	
   

  	
  60

  
	
  Section 7.12.
  Solvency

  	
   

  	
  60

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE VIII. REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT

  	
   

  	
  61

  
	
  Section 8.1.
  Optional Defaults

  	
   

  	
  61

  
	
  Section 8.2.
  Automatic Defaults

  	
   

  	
  61

  
	
  Section 8.3.
  Letters of Credit

  	
   

  	
  61

  
	
  Section 8.4.
  Offsets

  	
   

  	
  62

  
	
  Section 8.5.
  Equalization Provision

  	
   

  	
  62

  
	
  Section 8.6.
  Other Remedies

  	
   

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE IX. GUARANTY

  	
   

  	
  63

  
	
  Section 9.1. The
  Guaranty.

  	
   

  	
  63

  
	
  Section 9.2.
  Obligations Unconditional

  	
   

  	
  63

  
	
  Section 9.3.
  Reinstatement

  	
   

  	
  64

  
	
  Section 9.4.
  Subrogation

  	
   

  	
  64

  
	
  Section 9.5.
  Remedies

  	
   

  	
  64

  
	
  Section 9.6.
  Instrument for the Payment of Money

  	
   

  	
  64

  
	
  Section 9.7.
  Continuing Guarantee

  	
   

  	
  64

  
	
  Section 9.8.
  Payments

  	
   

  	
  65

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE IX. THE AGENT

  	
   

  	
  65

  
	
  Section 10.1.
  Appointment and Authorization

  	
   

  	
  65

  
	
  Section 10.2.
  Note Holders

  	
   

  	
  65

  
	
  Section 10.3.
  Consultation With Counsel

  	
   

  	
  65

  
	
  Section 10.4.
  Documents

  	
   

  	
  66

  
	
  Section 10.5.
  Agent and Affiliates

  	
   

  	
  66

  
	
  Section 10.6.
  Knowledge of Default

  	
   

  	
  66

  
	
  Section 10.7.
  Action by Agent

  	
   

  	
  66

  
	
  Section 10.8.
  Notice of Default

  	
   

  	
  66

  
	
  Section 10.9.
  Delegation of Duties

  	
   

  	
  67

  
	
  Section 10.10.
  Release of Guarantor of Payment

  	
   

  	
  67

  
	
  Section 10.11.
  Indemnification of Agent

  	
   

  	
  67

  
	
  Section 10.12.
  Successor Agent

  	
   

  	
  67

  
	
  Section 10.13. Fronting
  Lender

  	
   

  	
  68

  
	
  Section 10.14.
  Swing Line Lender

  	
   

  	
  68

  

 

 iii
 

 

	
  

  	
   

  	
  Page

  	 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Section 10.15.
  Agent May File Proofs of Claim

  	
   

  	
  68

  
	
  Section 10.16.
  No Reliance on Agent’s Customer Identification Program

  	
   

  	
  69

  
	
  Section 10.17.
  Other Agents

  	
   

  	
  69

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS

  	
   

  	
  69

  
	
  Section 11.1.
  Lenders’ Independent Investigation

  	
   

  	
  69

  
	
  Section 11.2. No
  Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

  	
   

  	
  69

  
	
  Section 11.3.
  Amendments, Waivers and Consents

  	
   

  	
  70

  
	
  Section 11.4.
  Notices

  	
   

  	
  70

  
	
  Section 11.5.
  Costs, Expenses and Taxes

  	
   

  	
  70

  
	
  Section 11.6.
  Indemnification

  	
   

  	
  71

  
	
  Section 11.7.
  Obligations Several; No Fiduciary Obligations

  	
   

  	
  71

  
	
  Section 11.8.
  Execution in Counterparts

  	
   

  	
  71

  
	
  Section 11.9.
  Binding Effect; Borrowers’ Assignment

  	
   

  	
  71

  
	
  Section 11.10.
  Lender Assignments

  	
   

  	
  72

  
	
  Section 11.11.
  Sale of Participations

  	
   

  	
  73

  
	
  Section 11.12.
  Patriot Act Notice

  	
   

  	
  74

  
	
  Section 11.13.
  Severability of Provisions; Captions; Attachments

  	
   

  	
  75

  
	
  Section 11.14.
  Entire Agreement

  	
   

  	
  75

  
	
  Section 11.15.
  Legal Representation of Parties

  	
   

  	
  75

  
	
  Section 11.16.
  Currency

  	
   

  	
  75

  
	
  Section 11.17.
  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction

  	
   

  	
  76

  
	
  Section 10.18.
  Jury Trial Waiver

  	
  Signature pages

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhibit A

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhibit B

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhibit C

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhibit D

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhibit E

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhibit F

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhibit G

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Schedule 1

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Schedule 2

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Schedule 3

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Schedule 4

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Schedule 5

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Schedule 5.8

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Schedule 5.9

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Schedule 5.11

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Schedule 5.12

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Schedule 5.20

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Schedule 6.1

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 iv
 

 

	
  Schedule 6.4

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Schedule 6.8

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Schedule 6.10

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Schedule 6.15

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Schedule 6.17

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 v

This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
(as the same may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified,
this “Agreement”) is made effective as of the 7th day of September, 2007 among:

(a)           IHS
INC., a Delaware corporation (“IHS”);

(b)           INFORMATION
HANDLING SERVICES GROUP INC., a Delaware corporation (“IHS Group” and, together
with IHS, collectively, “US Borrowers” and, individually, each a “US Borrower”);

(c)           each
Foreign Borrower, as hereinafter defined (each such Foreign Borrower, together
with each US Borrower shall be referred to herein, collectively, as “Borrowers”
and, individually, each a “Borrower”);

(d)           the
lenders listed on Schedule 1 hereto and each other Eligible Transferee,
as hereinafter defined, that from time to time becomes a party hereto pursuant
to Section 2.9(b) or 10.10 hereof (collectively, the “Lenders” and,
individually, each a “Lender”);

(e)           KEYBANK
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as the lead arranger, sole book runner and administrative agent for the Lenders
under this Agreement (“Agent”);

(f)            U.S. Bank National Association, as co-syndication agent (“Co-Syndication
Agent”); 

(g)           Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as co-syndication agent (“Co-Syndication
Agent”);

(h)           Bank of America, N.A., as co-documentation agent (“Co-Documentation
Agent”); and

(i)            RBS Citizens Bank, N.A., as co-documentation agent (“Co-Documentation
Agent”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS,
US Borrowers, Information Handling Services Inc., a Delaware corporation, IHS
Energy Group Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Foreign Borrowers, as defined in
the Original Credit Agreement, as hereinafter defined, the lenders named
therein, Agent and the other agents named therein entered into that certain
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2005 (as amended,
the “Original Amended Credit Agreement”), which agreement amended and restated
the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2002 (the “Original Credit
Agreement”);

WHEREAS,
on or about the date of the Original Amended Credit Agreement, Key Corporate
Capital Inc. assigned all of its rights and obligations as agent under the
Original Credit Agreement and all related documentation to KeyBank National
Association, as agent, and all of

its rights and
obligations as a Lender under the Original Credit Agreement to KeyBank National
Association, as a lender;

WHEREAS, this Agreement amends and restates in its
entirety the Original Credit Agreement and, upon the effectiveness of this
Agreement, on the Closing Date, the terms and provisions of the Original Amended
Credit Agreement shall be superseded hereby. 
All references to “Credit Agreement” contained in the Loan Documents, as
defined in the Original Amended Credit Agreement or the Original Credit
Agreement, delivered in connection with the Original Amended Credit Agreement
or the Original Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to this
Agreement.  All references to “Foreign
Borrowers” or a “Foreign Borrower” contained in the Loan Documents, as defined
in the Original Amended Credit Agreement or the Original Credit Agreement,
delivered in connection with the Original Amended Credit Agreement or the
Original Credit Agreement, shall be deemed to refer, respectively, to the “Foreign
Borrowers” and each “Foreign Borrower”, as each term is defined in this Agreement.  Notwithstanding
the amendment and restatement of the Original Amended Credit Agreement by this
Agreement, the Indebtedness outstanding, and the letters of credit issued and
outstanding, under the Original Amended Credit Agreement as of the Closing Date
shall remain outstanding and constitute Obligations hereunder, and Loans and
Letters of Credit, respectively, hereunder. 
The Debt outstanding under the Original Credit Agreement on the closing
date of the Original Amended Credit Agreement constituted Obligations under the
Original Amended Credit Agreement and constitute Obligations under this
Agreement.  Such outstanding Obligations
and the guaranties of payment thereof shall in all respects be continuing, and
this Agreement shall not be deemed to evidence or result in a novation or
repayment and re-borrowing of such Obligations. 
In furtherance of and, without limiting the foregoing, from and after
the Closing Date and except as expressly specified herein, the terms,
conditions, and covenants governing the Indebtedness outstanding under the
Original Amended Credit Agreement shall be solely as set forth in this
Agreement, which shall supersede the Original Amended Credit Agreement in its
entirety; and

WHEREAS, Borrowers, Agent and the Lenders desire to
contract for the establishment of credits in the aggregate principal amounts
hereinafter set forth, to be made available to Borrowers upon the terms and
subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed as follows:

ARTICLE I.  DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1.  Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, the following
terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Acquisition” means any transaction or series of
related transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly,
in (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Person
(other than a Company), or any business or division of any Person (other than a
Company), (b) the acquisition of in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the
outstanding capital stock (or other equity interest) of any Person (other than
a Company), or (c) the acquisition of another

 2
 

Person (other than a Company) by a merger, amalgamation or
consolidation or any other combination with such Person.

“Additional Commitment” means that term as defined
in Section 2.9(b) hereof.

“Additional
Foreign Borrower Maximum Amount” means that term as defined in Section 2.13(a) hereof.

“Additional Foreign Guarantor Maximum Amount” means
that term as defined in Section 2.13(b) hereof.

“Additional Lender” means an Eligible Transferee
that shall become a Lender during the Commitment Increase Period pursuant to
Section 2.9(b) hereof.

“Additional Lender Assumption Agreement” means an
additional lender assumption agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to
Agent, wherein an Additional Lender shall become a Lender.

“Additional Lender Assumption Effective Date” means
that term as defined in Section 2.9(b) hereof.

“Administrative Borrower” means IHS.  

“Advantage” means any payment (whether made voluntarily
or involuntarily, by offset of any deposit or other indebtedness or otherwise)
received by any Lender in respect of the Obligations, if such payment results
in that Lender having less than its pro rata share (based upon its Commitment
Percentage) of the Obligations then outstanding.

“Affiliate” means any Person, directly or
indirectly, controlling, controlled by or under common control with a Company
and “control” (including the correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled
by” and “under common control with”) means the power, directly or indirectly,
to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Company,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Agent” means that term as defined in the first
paragraph hereof.

“Agent Fee Letter” means the Agent Fee Letter among
US Borrowers and Agent, dated as of the Closing Date, as the same may from time
to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified.

“Agreement” means that term as defined in the first
paragraph hereof.

“Alternate Currency” means Euros, Pounds Sterling,
Swiss Francs, Canadian Dollars, Japanese Yen or any other currency, other than
Dollars, agreed to by Agent that shall be freely transferable and convertible
into Dollars.

 3
 

“Alternate Currency Exposure” means, at any time and
without duplication, the sum of the Dollar Equivalent of (a) the aggregate
principal amount of Alternate Currency Loans outstanding, and (b) the Letter of
Credit Exposure that is denominated in one or more Alternate Currencies.

“Alternate Currency Loan” means a Loan described in
Section 2.2(a) hereof, that shall be denominated in an Alternate Currency and
on which Borrowers shall pay interest at a rate based upon the Alternate
Currency Rate applicable to such Alternate Currency.

“Alternate Currency Maximum Amount” means One
Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($150,000,000).

“Alternate Currency Rate” means, with respect to an
Alternate Currency Loan, for any Interest Period, a rate per annum equal to the
quotient obtained (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16th of 1%) by dividing (a) the rate
of interest, determined by Agent in accordance with its usual procedures (which
determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) as of approximately
11:00 A.M. (London time) three Business Days prior to the beginning of such
Interest Period pertaining to such Alternate Currency Loan, as listed on
British Bankers Association Interest Rate LIBOR 01 or 02 as provided by Reuters
(or, if for any reason such rate is unavailable from Reuters, from any other
similar company or service that provides rate quotations comparable to those
currently provided by Reuters) as the rate in the London interbank market for
deposits in the relevant Alternate Currency in immediately available funds with
a maturity comparable to such Interest Period, provided that, in the event that
such rate quotation is not available for any reason, then the Alternate
Currency Rate shall be the average (rounded upward to the nearest 1/16th of 1%) of the per annum rates at
which deposits in immediately available funds in the relevant Alternate
Currency for the relevant Interest Period and in the amount of the Alternate
Currency Loan to be disbursed or to remain outstanding during such Interest
Period, as the case may be, are offered to Agent (or an affiliate of Agent, in
Agent’s discretion) by prime banks in any Alternate Currency market reasonably
selected by Agent, determined as of 11:00 A.M. (London time) (or as soon
thereafter as practicable), three Business Days prior to the beginning of the
relevant Interest Period pertaining to such Alternate Currency Loan hereunder;
by (b) 1.00 minus the Reserve Percentage.

“Applicable Commitment Fee Rate” means:

(a)           for the period from the Closing Date
through October 31, 2007, ten (10.00) basis points; and

(b)           commencing with the Consolidated
financial statements of IHS for the fiscal quarter ending August 31, 2007, the
number of basis points set forth in the following matrix, based upon the result
of the computation of the Leverage Ratio, shall be used to establish the number
of basis points that will go into effect on November 1, 2007 and thereafter, as
provided below:

 4
 

 

	
  Leverage Ratio

  	
   

  	
  Applicable Commitment Fee Rate

  
	
  Less than .50 to
  1.00

  	
   

  	
  10.00 basis points

  
	
  Greater than or
  equal to .50 to 1.00 but less than 1.00 to 1.00

  	
   

  	
  12.50 basis points

  
	
  Greater than or
  equal to 1.00 to 1.00 but less than 1.50 to 1.00

  	
   

  	
  15.00 basis points

  
	
  Greater than or
  equal to 1.50 to 1.00 but less than 2.00 to 1.00

  	
   

  	
  20.00 basis points

  
	
  Greater than or
  equal to 2.00 to 1.00

  	
   

  	
  25.00 basis points

  

 

After November 1, 2007, changes to the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate
shall be effective on the first day of each calendar month following the date
upon which Agent should have received, pursuant to Section 5.3(a) and (b)
hereof, the Consolidated financial statements of the Companies.  The above matrix does not modify or waive, in
any respect, the requirements of Section 5.7 hereof, the rights of Agent
and the Lenders to charge the Default Rate, or the rights and remedies of Agent
and the Lenders pursuant to Articles VII and VIII hereof.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, during any period when Borrowers shall have failed to timely deliver
the Consolidated financial statements pursuant to Section 5.3(a) or (b) hereof,
or the Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.3(c) hereof, until such
time as the appropriate Consolidated financial statements and Compliance
Certificate are delivered, the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate shall be the
highest rate per annum indicated in the above pricing grid regardless of the
Leverage Ratio at such time.

“Applicable Margin” means:

(a)           for the period from the Closing Date
through October 31, 2007, fifty (50.00) basis points; and

(b)           commencing with the Consolidated
financial statements of IHS for the fiscal quarter ending August 31, 2007, the
number of basis points set forth in the following matrix, based upon the result
of the computation of the Leverage Ratio, shall be used to establish the number
of basis points that will go into effect on November 1, 2007 and thereafter, as
provided below:

	
  Leverage Ratio

  	
   

  	
  Applicable Margin

  
	
  Less than .50 to
  1.00

  	
   

  	
  50.00 basis points

  
	
  Greater than or
  equal to .50 to 1.00 but less than 1.00 to 1.00

  	
   

  	
  62.50 basis points

  
	
  Greater than or
  equal to 1.00 to 1.00 but less than 1.50 to 1.00

  	
   

  	
  75.00 basis points

  
	
  Greater than or
  equal to 1.50 to 1.00 but less than 2.00 to 1.00

  	
   

  	
  100.00 basis points

  
	
  Greater than or
  equal to 2.00 to 1.00

  	
   

  	
  125.00 basis points

  

 

After November 1, 2007, changes to the Applicable Margin shall be
effective on the first day of each calendar month following the date upon which
Agent should have received, pursuant to

 5
 

Section 5.3(a) and (b) hereof, the Consolidated financial statements of
the Companies.  The above matrix does not
modify or waive, in any respect, the requirements of Section 5.7 hereof, the
rights of Agent and the Lenders to charge the Default Rate, or the rights and
remedies of Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Articles VII and VIII hereof.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, during any period when Borrowers shall have failed to timely deliver
the Consolidated financial statements pursuant to Section 5.3(a) or (b) hereof,
or the Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.3(c) hereof, until such
time as the appropriate Consolidated financial statements and Compliance
Certificate are delivered, the Applicable Margin shall be the highest rate per
annum indicated in the above pricing grid for Loans of that type regardless of
the Leverage Ratio at such time.

“Assignment Agreement” means an Assignment and
Acceptance Agreement in the form of the attached Exhibit F.

“Authorized Officer” means a Financial Officer or
other individual authorized by a Financial Officer in writing (with a copy to
Agent) to handle certain administrative matters in connection with this
Agreement.

“Base Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the
greater of (a) the Prime Rate or (b) one-half of one percent (.50%) in excess
of the Federal Funds Effective Rate.  Any
change in the Base Rate shall be effective immediately from and after such
change in the Base Rate.

“Base Rate Loan” means a Revolving Loan described in
Section 2.2(a) hereof, that shall be denominated in Dollars and on which
Borrowers shall pay interest at a rate based on the Base Rate.

“Borrower” means that term as defined in the first
paragraph hereof.

“Borrower
Investment Policy” means the Investment Policy Guidelines of IHS as in effect
as of the Closing Date, as set forth on Schedule 5 hereto, together with
such modifications as approved from time to time by the Board of Directors of
IHS, so long as such modifications are delivered to Agent within ninety (90)
days after the date of such modifications.

“Borrowers” means that term as defined in the first
paragraph hereof.

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday,
Sunday or another day of the year on which national banks are authorized or
required to close, and, if the applicable Business Day relates to a Eurodollar
Loan, a day of the year on which dealings in deposits are carried on in the
London interbank Eurodollar market and, if the applicable Business Day relates
to an Alternate Currency, a day of the year on which dealings in deposits are
carried on in the relevant Alternate Currency.

“Capital Distribution” means a payment made,
liability incurred or other consideration given by a Company to any Person that
is not a Company, for the purchase, acquisition, redemption, repurchase,
payment or retirement of any capital stock or other equity interest of such
Company or as a dividend, return of capital or other distribution (other than
any stock

 6
 

dividend, stock split or other equity distribution payable only in
capital stock or other equity of such Company) in respect of such Company’s
capital stock or other equity interest; provided that Capital Distribution
shall exclude (a) the purchase of capital stock or other equity interest in
order to effect, or as a negotiated provision with respect to, an Acquisition
and (b) the purchase (in an arms-length transaction for no greater than fair
market value) by a Company of the minority interest of a Company other than
IHS.

“Capitalized Lease Obligations” means obligations of
the Companies for the payment of rent for any real or personal property under
leases or agreements to lease that, in accordance with GAAP, have been or
should be capitalized on the books of the lessee and, for purposes hereof, the
amount of any such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof
determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Cash
Equivalents” means cash equivalents as determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Change in Control” means (a) the acquisition of,
or, if earlier, the shareholder or director approval of the acquisition of,
ownership or voting control, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record,
on or after the Closing Date, by any Person or group (within the meaning of
Rule 13d-3 of the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as then in
effect), other than the Current Holder Group, of shares representing more than
thirty-three percent (33%) of the aggregate ordinary Voting Power represented
by the issued and outstanding capital stock of IHS; (b) if IHS shall cease to
own, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of the record and
beneficial ownership of each other Borrower (unless such other Borrower is
merged out of existence pursuant to Section 5.12(a) hereof, or shall no longer
be a Borrower hereunder); (c) the occupation of a majority of the seats (other
than vacant seats) on the board of directors or other governing body of IHS by
Persons who were neither (i) nominated by the board of directors or other
governing body of such Borrower nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated or
elected by a majority of shareholders; or (d) the occurrence of a change in
control, or other similar provision, as defined in any Material Indebtedness
Agreement.

“Closing Commitment Amount” means Three Hundred
Eighty-Five Million Dollars ($385,000,000).

“Closing Date” means the effective date of this
Agreement as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

“Closing
Fee Letter” means the Closing Fee Letter among US Borrowers and Agent, dated as
of the Closing Date.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Commitment” means the obligation hereunder of the
Lenders, during the Commitment Period, to make Loans and to participate in the
issuance of Letters of Credit pursuant to the Revolving Credit Commitment, up
to the Total Commitment Amount.

 7
 

“Commitment Increase Period” means the period from
the Closing Date to the date that is three months prior to the last day of the
Commitment Period.

“Commitment Percentage” means, for each Lender, the
percentage set forth opposite such Lender’s name under the column headed “Commitment
Percentage”, as listed in Schedule 1 hereto (taking into account any
assignments pursuant to Section 10.10 hereof).

“Commitment Period” means the period from the
Closing Date to September 6, 2012, or such earlier date on which the Commitment
shall have been terminated pursuant to Article VIII hereof.

“Companies” means all Borrowers and all Subsidiaries
of all Borrowers.

“Company” means a Borrower or a Subsidiary of a
Borrower.

“Compliance Certificate” means a Compliance
Certificate in the form of the attached Exhibit E.

“Confirmation of Guaranty of Payment” means each
Confirmation of Guaranty of Payment of Debt, each Second Confirmation of
Guaranty of Payment of Debt, and each Confirmation of Guaranty of Payment, executed
and delivered by a Foreign Guarantor of Payment in connection with the Original
Amended Credit Agreement, or on or after the Closing Date in connection with
this Agreement, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated or
otherwise modified.

“Consideration”
means, in connection with an Acquisition, the aggregate consideration paid or
to be paid, including borrowed funds, cash, deferred payments, the issuance of
securities or notes, the assumption or incurring of liabilities (direct or
contingent), the payment of consulting fees or fees for a covenant not to
compete and any other consideration paid or to be paid for such Acquisition.

“Consolidated” means the resultant consolidation of
the financial statements of IHS and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP,
including principles of consolidation consistent with those applied in
preparation of the consolidated financial statements referred to in Section
6.13 hereof.

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Charges”
means, for any period, the aggregate of all depreciation and amortization
charges for fixed assets, leasehold improvements and general intangibles
(specifically including goodwill) of IHS for such period, as determined on a
Consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated
EBITDA” means, for any period, as determined on a Consolidated basis and in
accordance with GAAP, Consolidated Net Earnings for such period plus the
aggregate amounts deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Earnings in
respect of (a) Consolidated Interest Expense, (b) Consolidated Income Tax
Expense, (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Charges, (d) non-cash
charges or expenses in connection with options, restricted

 8
 

stock or other
equity level awards under any IHS incentive plan, (e) cash non-recurring
acquisition or restructuring charges or expenses related to employee severance
or facilities consolidation, in an aggregate amount of up to Ten Million
Dollars ($10,000,000) per fiscal year of IHS, and (f) (i) non-cash losses or
charges (including charges incurred pursuant to the refinancing of the credit
facility entered into in connection with the Original Credit Agreement, the
Original Amended Credit Agreement and this Agreement) that are unusual or
non-recurring, minus (ii) extraordinary or unusual one time gains; provided
that, for purposes of calculating the Leverage Ratio, a pro forma calculation
of Consolidated EBITDA shall be made and included in the calculation for
Threshold EBITDA Acquisitions made during such period.

“Consolidated Funded Indebtedness” means, at any
date, all Indebtedness (other than net obligations under any Hedge Agreement),
including, but not limited to, current, long-term and Subordinated
Indebtedness, if any, of IHS, as determined on a Consolidated basis and in
accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Income Tax Expense” means, for any
period, all provisions for taxes paid or payable based on the gross or net
income of IHS (including, without limitation, any additions to such taxes, and
any penalties and interest with respect thereto), and all franchise taxes of
IHS, as determined on a Consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any
period, the interest expense of IHS for such period, as determined on a
Consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Net Earnings” means, for any period,
the net income (loss) of IHS for such period, as determined on a Consolidated
basis and in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Net Worth” means, at any date, the
stockholders’ equity of IHS, determined as of such date on a Consolidated basis
and in accordance with GAAP.

“Controlled Group” means a Company and each Person
required to be aggregated with a Company under Code Section 414(b), (c), (m) or
(o).

“Credit Event” means the making by the Lenders of a
Loan, the conversion by the Lenders of a Base Rate Loan to a Eurodollar Loan,
the continuation by the Lenders of a Eurodollar Loan after the end of the
applicable Interest Period, the making by the Swing Line Lender of a Swing Loan,
or the issuance (or amendment) by the Fronting Lender of a Letter of Credit.

“Credit
Party” means a Borrower and any Subsidiary or other Affiliate that is a
Guarantor of Payment.

“Current Holder Group” means (a) TB Continuity II
Trust, a trust formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Trust”), and
(b) other Persons that are wholly-owned, directly or indirectly, by the Trust.

 9
 

“Default” means an event or condition that
constitutes, or with the lapse of any applicable grace period or the giving of
notice or both would constitute, an Event of Default, and that has not been
waived by the Required Lenders (or, if applicable, all of the Lenders) in
writing.

“Default
Rate” means (a) with respect to any Loan, a rate per annum equal to two percent
(2%) in excess of the rate otherwise applicable thereto, and (b) with respect
to any other amount, if no rate is specified or available, a rate per annum
equal to two percent (2%) in excess of the Base Rate from time to time in
effect.

“Derived LIBOR Fixed Rate” means (a) with
respect to a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum equal to the sum of the
Applicable Margin (from time to time in effect) plus the Eurodollar Rate, and
(b) with respect to an Alternate Currency Loan, a rate per annum equal to
the sum of the Applicable Margin (from time to time in effect) plus the
Alternate Currency Rate applicable to the relevant Alternate Currency.

“Disposition” means the lease, transfer or other
disposition of assets (whether in one or more than one transaction) by a
Company, other than a sale, lease, transfer or other disposition made by a
Company pursuant to Section 5.12 hereof or in the ordinary course of business.

“Dollar”
or the $ sign means lawful money of the United States of America.

“Dollar Equivalent” means (a) with respect to an
Alternate Currency Loan or Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternate
Currency, the Dollar equivalent of the amount of such Alternate Currency Loan
or Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency, determined by Agent
on the basis of its spot rate at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time) on the
date three Business Days before the date of such Alternate Currency Loan, for
the purchase of the relevant Alternate Currency with Dollars for delivery on
the date of such Alternate Currency Loan or Letter of Credit, and (b) with
respect to any other amount, if such amount is denominated in Dollars, then
such amount in Dollars and, otherwise the Dollar equivalent of such amount,
determined by Agent on the basis of its spot rate at approximately 11:00 A.M.
(London time) on the date for which the Dollar equivalent amount of such amount
is being determined, for the purchase of the relevant Alternate Currency with
Dollars for delivery on such date; provided, however, that, in calculating the
Dollar Equivalent for purposes of determining (i) a Borrower’s obligation to
prepay Loans and Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof, or (ii) a
Borrower’s ability to request additional Loans or Letters of Credit pursuant to
the Commitment, Agent may, in its discretion, on any Business Day selected by
Agent (prior to payment in full of the Obligations), calculate the Dollar
Equivalent of each such Loan or Letter of Credit.  Agent shall notify Administrative Borrower of
the Dollar Equivalent of such Alternate Currency Loan or any other amount, at
the time that such Dollar Equivalent shall have been determined.

“Domestic
Guarantor of Payment” means each of the Companies designated a “Domestic
Guarantor of Payment” on Schedule 3 hereto, each of which is executing
and delivering (or has previously executed and delivered) a Guaranty of
Payment, and any other Domestic Subsidiary that shall deliver a Guaranty of
Payment to Agent subsequent to the Closing Date.

 10
 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary that is not
a Foreign Subsidiary.

“EBITDA”
means, for any period, in accordance with GAAP, the net earnings of a Company
(without giving effect to extraordinary losses or gains) for such period plus
the aggregate amounts deducted in determining such net earnings in respect of
(a) interest expense of such Company, (b) income taxes of such Company and (c)
the aggregate of all depreciation and amortization charges of such Company.

“Eligible Transferee” means a commercial bank,
financial institution or other “accredited investor” (as defined in SEC
Regulation D) that is not a Borrower, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate.

“Environmental Laws” means all provisions of law
(including the common law), statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, guidelines,
policies, procedures, orders in council, regulations, permits, licenses,
judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, orders, awards and standards
promulgated by a Governmental Authority or by any court, agency,
instrumentality, regulatory authority or commission of any of the foregoing
concerning environmental health or safety and protection of, or regulation of
the discharge of substances into, the environment.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations
promulgated pursuant thereto.

“ERISA Event” means (a) the existence of a condition
or event with respect to an ERISA Plan that presents a risk of the imposition
of an excise tax or any other liability on a Company or of the imposition of a
Lien on the assets of a Company; (b) the engagement by a Controlled Group
member in a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” (as defined under ERISA Section
406 or Code Section 4975) or a breach of a fiduciary duty under ERISA that
could result in liability to a Company; (c) the application by a Controlled
Group member for a waiver from the minimum funding requirements of Code Section
412 or ERISA Section 302 or a Controlled Group member is required to provide
security under Code Section 401(a)(29) or ERISA Section 307; (d) the occurrence
of a Reportable Event with respect to any Pension Plan as to which notice is
required to be provided to the PBGC; (e) the withdrawal by a Controlled Group
member from a Multiemployer Plan in a “complete withdrawal” or a “partial
withdrawal” (as such terms are defined in ERISA Sections 4203 and 4205,
respectively); (f) the involvement of, or occurrence or existence of any event
or condition that makes likely the involvement of, a Multiemployer Plan in any
reorganization under ERISA Section 4241; (g) the failure of an ERISA Plan (and
any related trust) that is intended to be qualified under Code Sections 401 and
501 to be so qualified or the failure of any “cash or deferred arrangement”
under any such ERISA Plan to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(k); (h)
the taking by the PBGC of any steps to terminate a Pension Plan or appoint a
trustee to administer a Pension Plan, or the taking by a Controlled Group
member of any steps to terminate a Pension Plan (other than in the ordinary
course of business in connection with an Acquisition); (i) the failure by a
Controlled Group member or an ERISA Plan to satisfy any requirements of law
applicable to an ERISA Plan; (j) the commencement, existence or threatening of
a claim, action, suit, audit or investigation with respect to an ERISA Plan,
other than a routine claim for benefits; or (k) any incurrence by or any
expectation of the incurrence by a Controlled Group member of any liability for
post-retirement benefits under any Welfare Plan, other than (i) as required by
ERISA

 11
 

Section 601, et.  seq. or Code Section 4980B or (ii)
anticipated by IHS in the ordinary course of business.

“ERISA Plan” means an “employee benefit plan”
(within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(3)) that a Controlled Group member at
any time sponsors, maintains, contributes to, has liability with respect to or
has an obligation to contribute to such plan.

“Eurocurrency Liabilities” shall have the meaning
assigned to that term in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

“Eurodollar” means a Dollar denominated deposit in a bank or branch
outside of the United States.

“Eurodollar Loan” means a Revolving Loan described in Section 2.2(a)
hereof, that shall be denominated in Dollars and on which Borrowers shall pay
interest at a rate based upon the Derived LIBOR Fixed Rate applicable to
Eurodollar Loans.

“Eurodollar Rate” means, with respect to a Eurodollar Loan, for any
Interest Period, a rate per annum equal to the quotient obtained (rounded upwards,
if necessary, to the nearest 1/16th of 1%) by dividing (a) the rate of
interest, determined by Agent in accordance with its usual procedures (which
determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) as of approximately
11:00 A.M. (London time) three Business Days prior to the beginning of such
Interest Period pertaining to such Eurodollar Loan, as listed on British
Bankers Association Interest Rate LIBOR 01 or 02 as provided by Reuters or
Bloomberg (or, if for any reason such rate is unavailable from Reuters or
Bloomberg, from any other similar company or service that provides rate
quotations comparable to those currently provided by Reuters or Bloomberg) as
the rate in the London interbank market for Dollar deposits  in immediately available funds with a
maturity comparable to such Interest Period, provided that, in the event that
such rate quotation is not available for any reason, then the Eurodollar Rate
shall be the average (rounded upward to the nearest 1/16th of 1%) of the per
annum rates at which deposits in immediately available funds in Dollars for the
relevant Interest Period and in the amount of the Eurodollar Loan to be
disbursed or to remain outstanding during such Interest Period, as the case may
be, are offered to Agent (or an affiliate of Agent, in Agent’s discretion) by
prime banks in any Eurodollar market reasonably selected by Agent, determined
as of 11:00 A.M. (London time) (or as soon thereafter as practicable), three
Business Days prior to the beginning of the relevant Interest Period pertaining
to such Eurodollar Loan; by (b) 1.00 minus the Reserve Percentage.

“Event of Default” means an event or condition that
shall constitute an event of default as defined in Article VII hereof.

“Excluded Taxes” means, in the case of Agent and
each Lender, taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income or branch
profits, and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by
the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which
Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, is organized or in which its
principal office is located, or, in the case of any Lender, in which its
applicable lending office is located.

 12
 

“Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day,
the rate per annum (rounded upward to the nearest one one-hundredth of one
percent (1/100 of 1%)) announced by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or
any successor) on such day as being the weighted average of the rates on
overnight federal funds transactions arranged by federal funds brokers on the
previous trading day, as computed and announced by such Federal Reserve Bank
(or any successor) in substantially the same manner as such Federal Reserve
Bank computes and announces the weighted average it refers to as the “Federal
Funds Effective Rate” as of the Closing Date.

“Financial Officer” means any of the following
officers: chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer or
treasurer.  Unless otherwise qualified,
all references to a Financial Officer in this Agreement shall refer to a
Financial Officer of IHS.

“Foreign Borrower” means each of the Foreign
Subsidiaries of IHS set forth on Schedule 2 hereto, together with any
other Foreign Subsidiary of IHS that, on or after the Closing Date, shall have
satisfied, in the opinion of Agent, the requirements of Section 2.13(a) hereof.

“Foreign Borrower Assumption Agreement” means each
of the Foreign Borrower Assumption Agreements executed by a Foreign Borrower
after the Closing Date, in the form of the attached Exhibit G, as the
same may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified.

“Foreign Borrower Revolving Credit Note” means
a Foreign Borrower Revolving Credit Note in the form of the attached Exhibit
B, executed and delivered by a Foreign Borrower to each Lender pursuant to
Section 2.4(b) hereof.

“Foreign Guarantor of Payment” means each of the
Companies set forth on Schedule 3 hereto that shall have been
designated a “Foreign Guarantor of Payment”, that are each executing and
delivering (or has previously executed and delivered) a Guaranty of Payment, or
any other Foreign Subsidiary that shall execute and deliver a Guaranty of
Payment to Agent subsequent to the Closing Date.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary that is
organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States, any
State thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Fronting Lender” means, as to any Letter of Credit
transaction hereunder, Agent as issuer of the Letter of Credit, or, in the
event that Agent either shall be unable to issue or shall agree that another
Lender may issue, a Letter of Credit, such other Lender as shall agree to issue
the Letter of Credit in its own name, but in each instance on behalf of the
Lenders hereunder.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States as then in effect, which shall include the
official interpretations thereof by the Financial Accounting Standards Board,
applied on a basis (other than with respect to database costs, pension
accounting and goodwill amortization) consistent with the past accounting
practices and procedures of IHS, subject to absence of footnotes (with respect
to interim statements) and year end adjustments.

 13
 

“Governmental Authority” means any nation or
government, any state, province or territory or other political subdivision
thereof, any governmental agency, department, authority, instrumentality,
regulatory body, court, central bank or other governmental entity exercising
executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative
functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any
self-regulatory organization exercising such functions.

“Guaranteed
Obligations” means that term as defined in Section 9.1 hereof.

“Guarantor” means a Person that shall have pledged
its credit or property in any manner for the payment or other performance of
the indebtedness, contract or other obligation of another and includes (without
limitation) any guarantor (whether of payment or of collection), surety,
co-maker, endorser or Person that shall have agreed conditionally or otherwise
to make any purchase, loan or investment in order thereby to enable another to
prevent or correct a default of any kind.

“Guarantor of Payment” means a Domestic Guarantor of
Payment or Foreign Guarantor of Payment, or any other Person that shall deliver
a Guaranty of Payment to Agent subsequent to the Closing Date.

“Guaranty of Payment” means each Guaranty of
Payment, each Amended and Restated Guaranty of Payment and each Second Amended
and Restated Guaranty of Payment, as any of the foregoing may from time to time
be executed and delivered on or after the Closing Date in connection with this
Agreement by the Guarantors of Payment, as the same may from time to time be
amended, restated or otherwise modified.

“Hedge Agreement” means any (a) hedge agreement,
interest rate swap, basis swap agreement, cap, collar or floor agreement, or
other interest rate management device (including forward rate agreements)
entered into by a Company with any Person in connection with any Indebtedness
of such Company, or (b) currency swap agreement, forward currency purchase
agreement or similar arrangement or agreement designed to protect against
fluctuations in currency exchange rates entered into by a Company.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means a Company that (a) is
not a Credit Party, (b) has annual revenue (including the revenue of all of the
Subsidiaries of such Company) of less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000),
and (c) has aggregate assets (including the assets of all of the Subsidiaries of
such Company) of less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000); provided that a
Company shall not be required to satisfy the requirements of subparts (b) and
(c) hereof in order to be deemed to be an Immaterial Subsidiary, so long as (i)
such Company was Acquired pursuant to an Acquisition permitted pursuant to this
Agreement, (ii) Borrowers notify Agent, within thirty (30) days after such
Acquisition, that Borrowers intend to dissolve such Company and distribute all
of the assets of such Company to a Credit Party within twelve (12) months after
such Acquisition, and (iii) such Company is dissolved, and all of its assets
are distributed to a Credit Party, within twelve (12) months after the date of
such Acquisition.

 14

“Indebtedness” means, for any Company, without
duplication, (a) all obligations to repay borrowed money, direct or indirect,
incurred, assumed, or guaranteed, (b) all obligations in respect of the
deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts
payable in the ordinary course of business), (c) all obligations under
conditional sales or other title retention agreements, (d) all obligations
(contingent or otherwise) under any letter of credit or banker’s acceptance,
(e) all net obligations under any Hedge Agreement, (f) all synthetic leases,
(g) all lease obligations (excluding operating leases) that have been or should
be capitalized on the books of such Company in accordance with GAAP, (h) all
obligations of such Company with respect to asset securitization financing
programs to the extent that there is recourse against such Company or such
Company is liable (contingent or otherwise) under any such program, (i) all
obligations to advance funds to, or to purchase assets, property or services
from, any other Person in order to maintain the financial condition of such
Person, (j) all indebtedness of the types referred to in subparts (a)
through (i) above of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint
venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which
such Company is a general partner or joint venturer, unless such indebtedness
is expressly made non-recourse to such Company, (k) any other transaction (including forward sale
or purchase agreements) having the commercial effect of a borrowing of money
entered into by such Company to finance its operations or capital requirements,
and (l) any guaranty of any obligation described in subparts (a) through (k)
hereof.

“Interest Adjustment Date” means the last day of
each Interest Period.

“Interest
Coverage Ratio” means, as determined for the most recently completed four
fiscal quarters of IHS, on a Consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP,
the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense.

“Interest Period” means, with respect to a LIBOR
Fixed Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such LIBOR Fixed Rate Loan
is made and ending on the last day of such period, as selected by
Administrative Borrower (or the appropriate Foreign Borrower) pursuant to the
provisions hereof, and thereafter (unless, with respect to a Eurodollar Loan,
such LIBOR Fixed Rate Loan is converted to a Base Rate Loan) each subsequent
period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period and
ending on the last day of such period, as selected by Administrative Borrower
(or the appropriate Foreign Borrower) pursuant to the provisions hereof.  The duration of each Interest Period for a
LIBOR Fixed Rate Loan shall be one month, two months, three months or six
months, in each case as Administrative Borrower (or the appropriate Foreign
Borrower) may select upon notice, as set forth in Section 2.5 hereof; provided
that (a) if Administrative Borrower (or the appropriate Foreign Borrower) shall
fail to so select the duration of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Loan at
least three Business Days prior to the Interest Adjustment Date applicable to
such Eurodollar Loan, Borrowers shall be deemed to have converted such
Eurodollar Loan to a Base Rate Loan at the end of the then current Interest
Period; and (b) each Alternate Currency Loan must be repaid on the last day of
the Interest Period applicable thereto.

“Joint
Venture Subsidiary” means a joint venture of the Companies listed on Schedule 5.20
hereto (or provided in written notice to Agent and the Lenders), in which the
Companies have Voting Power (or other ownership interest) of more than fifty
percent (50%) but

 15
 

less than one
hundred percent (100%), which, by the terms of the agreement under which such
joint venture was created, is prohibited from entering into a Guaranty of
Payment without the consent of the other joint venture party.

“KeyBank” means KeyBank National Association, and
its successors and assigns.

“Lender” means that term as defined in the first
paragraph hereof and, as the context requires, shall include the Fronting
Lender and the Swing Line Lender.

“Letter of Credit” means a standby letter of credit
that shall be issued (or has been issued under the Original Amended Credit
Agreement prior to the Closing Date, and is outstanding and undrawn on the
Closing Date) by the Fronting Lender for the account of a Borrower or Guarantor
of Payment, including amendments thereto, if any, and shall have an expiration
date no later than the earlier of (a) one year after its date of issuance
(provided that such Letter of Credit may provide for the renewal thereof for
additional one year periods), or (b) fifteen (15) days prior to the last day of
the Commitment Period.

“Letter of Credit Commitment” means the commitment of the Fronting
Lender, on behalf of the Lenders, to issue Letters of Credit in an aggregate
face amount of up to Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000). 

“Letter of Credit Exposure” means, at any time, the
Dollar Equivalent of the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all issued
and outstanding Letters of Credit, and (b) the aggregate of the draws made on
Letters of Credit that have not been reimbursed by Borrowers or converted to a
Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 2.2(b)(iv) hereof.

“Leverage Ratio” means, as determined on a
Consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP, the ratio of (a) Consolidated
Funded Indebtedness (for the most recently completed fiscal quarter of IHS) to
(b) Consolidated EBITDA (for the most recently completed four fiscal quarters
of IHS).

“LIBOR Fixed Rate Loan” means a Eurodollar Loan or
an Alternate Currency Loan.

“Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, security
interest, lien (statutory or other), charge, hypothecation, encumbrance on,
pledge or deposit of, or conditional sale, leasing (other than operating
leases), sale with a right of redemption or other title retention agreement and
any capitalized lease with respect to any property (real or personal) or asset.

“Liquidity Amount” means, at any time, the sum of
(a) (i) the Total Commitment Amount, minus (ii) the Revolving Credit
Exposure; plus (b) all unrestricted cash on hand of IHS; plus (c) all Cash
Equivalents of IHS having maturities of not more than one year from the
date of acquisition thereof; as
determined on a Consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

“Loan” means a Revolving Loan or a Swing Loan
granted to Borrowers by the Lenders in accordance with Section 2.2(a) or (c)
hereof.

 16
 

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this
Agreement, each Note, each Guaranty of Payment, each Confirmation of Guaranty
of Payment, all documentation relating to each Letter of Credit, the Agent Fee
Letter and the Closing Fee Letter, as any of the foregoing may from time to
time be amended, restated or otherwise modified or replaced, and any other
document delivered pursuant thereto.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse
effect on (a) the business, operations, property or condition (financial or
otherwise) of the Companies taken as a whole, or (b) the validity or
enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the
rights and remedies of Agent or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.

“Material Indebtedness Agreement” means any debt
instrument, lease (capital, operating or otherwise), guaranty, contract,
commitment, agreement or other arrangement evidencing or entered into in
connection with any Indebtedness of any Company or the Companies in excess of
the amount of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).

“Maximum Amount” means, for each Lender, the amount
set forth opposite such Lender’s name under the column headed “Maximum Amount”
as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto, subject to decreases determined
pursuant to Section 2.9(a) hereof, increases pursuant to Section 2.9(b) hereof
and assignments of interests pursuant to Section 10.10 hereof; provided that
the Maximum Amount for the Swing Line Lender shall exclude the Swing Line
Commitment (other than its pro rata share), and the Maximum Amount of
the Fronting Lender shall exclude the Letter of Credit Commitment (other than
its pro rata share).  

“Maximum Commitment Amount” means Five Hundred
Million Dollars ($500,000,000).

“Maximum Rate” means that term as defined in Section
2.3(d) hereof.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or
any successor to such company.

“Multiemployer Plan” means a Pension Plan that is
subject to the requirements of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

“New Foreign Guarantor of Payment” means (a) Jane’s
Information Group (Holdings) Limited, a corporation organized under the laws of
the United Kingdom, (b) Jane’s Information Group Limited, a corporation
organized under the laws of the United Kingdom, and (c) IHS GmbH, a limited liability company organized under
the laws of Germany.

“Non-Credit Party” means a Company that is not a
Credit Party.

“Non-Credit Party Exposure” means the aggregate
amount, incurred on or after the Closing Date, of loans by a Company to,
investments by a Company in, guaranties by a Company of Indebtedness of, and
Letters of Credit issued to or for the benefit of, a Foreign Subsidiary that is
a Non-Credit Party.

 17
 

“Note” means a Revolving Credit Note or the Swing
Line Note, or any other promissory note delivered pursuant to this Agreement.

“Notice of Loan” means a Notice of Loan in the form of
the attached Exhibit D.

“Obligations” means, collectively, (a) all
Indebtedness and other obligations incurred by a Borrower to Agent, the Swing
Line Lender, the Fronting Lender, or any Lender (or any affiliate thereof)
pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and includes the
principal of and interest on all Loans and all obligations pursuant to Letters
of Credit; (b) each extension, renewal or refinancing of the foregoing, in
whole or in part; (c) the commitment fee and other fees, and any
prepayment fees payable hereunder; and (d) all fees and charges in connection
with the Letters of Credit.

“Organizational Documents” means, with respect to
any Person (other than an individual), such Person’s Articles (Certificate) of
Incorporation, operating agreement or equivalent formation documents, and
Regulations (Bylaws), or equivalent governing documents, and any amendments to
any of the foregoing.

“Original Amended
Credit Agreement” means that
term as defined in the first Whereas paragraph hereof.

“Original Credit
Agreement” means that
term as defined in the first Whereas paragraph hereof.

“Other Taxes” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary
taxes or any other excise, ad valorem or property taxes, goods and services
taxes, harmonized sales taxes and other sales taxes, use taxes, value added
taxes, charges or similar taxes or levies arising from any payment made
hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with
respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

“Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing
Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, USA
Patriot Act, Title III of Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001, as
amended from time to time.

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation, and its successor.

“Pension Plan” means an ERISA Plan that is a “pension
plan” (within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(2)).

“Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Loans and Investments”
means:

(a)           the investments by IHS or a Domestic
Subsidiary in a Foreign Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party, existing as of
the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 5.11 hereto;

 18
 

(b)           the loans by IHS or a Domestic
Subsidiary to a Foreign Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party, in such amounts
existing as of the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 5.11
hereto;

(c)           any investment by a Foreign Subsidiary
in, or loan from a Foreign Subsidiary to, or guaranty from a Foreign Subsidiary
of Indebtedness of, a Company that is a Credit Party;

(d)           any Non-Credit Party Exposure with
respect to a Foreign Subsidiary or any loan by a US Borrower to a Foreign
Subsidiary, not otherwise permitted under this definition, up to the aggregate
amount of Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) for such Foreign Subsidiary
so long as the Non-Credit Party Exposure and loans by all US Borrowers to all
Foreign Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to this subpart (d) does not exceed the
aggregate amount of Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) at any time
outstanding; and 

(e)           any investment by a Foreign
Subsidiary that is a Non-Credit Party in, or loan by a Foreign Subsidiary that
is a Non-Credit Party to, a Company.

“Permitted Investment” means an investment (other
than an investment entered into in connection with the Borrower Investment
Policy) of a Company in the stock (or other debt or equity instruments) of a
Person (other than a Credit Party), so long as (a) the Company making the
investment is a Credit Party; and (b) the aggregate amount of all such
investments of all Companies does not exceed, at any time, an aggregate amount
(as determined when each such investment is made) of Twenty-Five Million
Dollars ($25,000,000).

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship,
partnership, joint venture, unincorporated organization, corporation, limited
liability company, unlimited liability company, institution, trust, estate, Governmental
Authority or any other entity.

“Prime Rate” means the interest rate established
from time to time by Agent as Agent’s prime rate, whether or not such rate
shall be publicly announced; the Prime Rate may not be the lowest interest rate
charged by Agent for commercial or other extensions of credit. Each change in
the Prime Rate shall be effective immediately from and after such change.

“Register” means that term as described in Section
10.10(i) hereof.

“Regularly
Scheduled Payment Date” means the last day of each February, May, August and
November of each year.

“Related Writing” means each Loan Document and any
other assignment, mortgage, security agreement, guaranty agreement,
subordination agreement, financial statement, audit report furnished by any
Credit Party, or any of its officers, to Agent or the Lenders pursuant to or
otherwise in connection with this Agreement.

 19
 

“Reportable
Event” means any of the events described in Section 4043 of ERISA except where
notice is waived by the PBGC.

“Requested
Availability” means that
term as defined in Section 2.13(a) hereof.

“Required
Lenders” means the holders of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of (a) during
the Commitment Period, the Total Commitment Amount, and (b) after the
termination of the Commitment Period, the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of Revolving Loans, (ii) the Letter of Credit Exposure and
(iii) the Swing Line Exposure; provided, however, that, if there shall be two
or more Lenders, Required Lenders shall constitute at least two Lenders.

“Requirement of Law” means, as to any Person, any
law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination or policy statement or
interpretation of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in
each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property.

“Reserve Percentage” means, for any day, that
percentage (expressed as a decimal) that is in effect on such day, as
prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any
successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without
limitation, all basic, supplemental, marginal and other reserves and taking
into account any transitional adjustments or other scheduled changes in reserve
requirements) for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System in Cleveland,
Ohio, in respect of Eurocurrency Liabilities. 
The Derived LIBOR Fixed Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any
change in the Reserve Percentage.

“Restricted Payment” means, with respect to any
Company, (a) any Capital Distribution, (b) any amount paid by such Company in
repayment, redemption, retirement or repurchase, directly or indirectly, of any
Subordinated Indebtedness, or (c) any amount paid by such Company in respect of
any management, consulting or other similar arrangement with any equity holder
(other than a Company) of a Company or Affiliate that is not in the ordinary
course of business and is inconsistent with past practices of such Company.

“Revolving Credit Commitment” means the obligation
hereunder, during the Commitment Period, of (a) each Lender to make
Revolving Loans up to the Maximum Amount for such Lender, (b) the Fronting
Lender to issue and each Lender to participate in Letters of Credit pursuant to
the Letter of Credit Commitment, and (c) the Swing Line Lender to make and
each Lender to participate in Swing Loans pursuant to the Swing Line
Commitment.

“Revolving Credit Exposure” means, at any time, the
Dollar Equivalent of the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all
Revolving Loans outstanding, (b) the Swing Line Exposure, and (c) the Letter of
Credit Exposure.

 20
 

“Revolving Credit Note” means a US Borrower
Revolving Credit Note or a Foreign Borrower Revolving Credit Note.

“Revolving Loan” means a Loan granted to US
Borrowers or a Foreign Borrower by the Lenders in accordance with Section
2.2(a) hereof.

“SEC” means the United States Securities and
Exchange Commission, or any governmental body or agency succeeding to any of
its principal functions.

“Significant Asset Disposition” means a Disposition
or a related series of Dispositions in which the aggregate fair market value or
book value, whichever is greater, of the assets sold, leased, transferred or
otherwise disposed of shall be greater than or equal to five percent (5%) of
the Consolidated total assets of the Companies.

“Standard & Poor’s” means Standard & Poor’s
Ratings Group, a division of McGraw-Hill, Inc., and any successor to such
company.

“Subordinated” means, as applied to Indebtedness,
Indebtedness that shall have been subordinated (by written terms or written
agreement being, in either case, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent
and the Required Lenders) in favor of the prior payment in full of the
Obligations.

“Subsidiary” means (a) a corporation more than fifty
percent (50%) of the Voting Power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by
a Borrower or by one or more other subsidiaries of such Borrower or by such
Borrower and one or more subsidiaries of such Borrower, (b) a partnership,
limited liability company or unlimited liability company of which a Borrower, one or more other
subsidiaries of such Borrower or such Borrower and one or more subsidiaries of
such Borrower, directly or indirectly, is a general partner or managing member,
as the case may be, or otherwise has an ownership interest greater than fifty
percent (50%) of all of the ownership interests in such partnership, limited
liability company or unlimited liability company, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation, partnership,
limited liability company or unlimited liability company) in which a Borrower, one or more other
subsidiaries of such Borrower or such Borrower and one or more subsidiaries of
such Borrower, directly or indirectly, has at least a majority interest in the
Voting Power or the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of
directors or other governing body of such Person.  Unless otherwise specified, references to
Subsidiary shall mean a Subsidiary of IHS.

“Subsidiary Borrower” means a Borrower other than
(a) IHS, or (b) a Foreign Borrower.

“Swing Line Commitment” means the commitment of the
Swing Line Lender to make Swing Loans to US Borrowers up to the aggregate
amount at any time outstanding of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000).

“Swing Line Exposure” means, at any time, the
aggregate principal amount of all Swing Loans outstanding.

“Swing Line Lender” means KeyBank, as holder of the
Swing Line Commitment.

 21
 

“Swing Line Note” means the Swing Line Note in the
form of the attached Exhibit C, executed and delivered by US Borrowers
pursuant to Section 2.4(c) hereof.

“Swing Loan” means a loan that shall be denominated
in Dollars granted to US Borrowers by the Swing Line Lender under the Swing
Line Commitment in accordance with Section 2.2(c) hereof.

“Swing Loan Maturity Date” means, with respect to
any Swing Loan, the earlier of (a) thirty (30) days after the date such Swing
Loan is made, or (b) the last day of the Commitment Period.

“Swiss Borrower” means Petroconsultants S.A., and
its successors and permitted assigns.

“Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes of
any kind, including but not limited to, levies, imposts, duties, surtaxes,
charges, fees, deductions or withholdings now or hereafter imposed, levied,
collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority (together with
any interest, penalties, fines, additions to taxes or similar liabilities with
respect thereto) other than Excluded Taxes.

“Threshold
EBITDA Acquisition” means an Acquisition, made after the Closing Date, that
generates EBITDA for the Company making such Acquisition or the acquired
Company in excess of negative Five Million Dollars (-$5,000,000).

“Total Commitment Amount” means the Closing
Commitment Amount, as such amount may be increased up to the Maximum Commitment
Amount pursuant to Section 2.9(b) hereof; provided that, for the purposes of
determining the Total Commitment Amount, Agent may, in its discretion,
calculate the Dollar Equivalent of any Alternate Currency Loan on any Business
Day selected by Agent.

“U.C.C.
Financing Statement” means a financing statement filed or to be filed in
accordance with the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time, in
the relevant state or states.

“UK
Borrower” means IHS Group Holdings Limited and Technical Indexes Limited, and
their respective successors and permitted assigns.

“US
Borrower” means that term as defined in the first paragraph hereof.

“US
Borrower Revolving Credit Note” means a US Borrower Revolving Credit Note in
the form of the attached Exhibit A, executed and delivered by US
Borrowers to each Lender pursuant to Section 2.4(a) hereof.

“Voting Power” means, with respect to any Person,
the exclusive ability to control, through the ownership of shares of capital
stock, partnership interests, membership interests or otherwise, the election
of members of the board of directors or other similar governing body of such Person.  The holding of a designated percentage of Voting
Power of a Person means the

 22
 

ownership of shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership
interests or other interests of such Person sufficient to control exclusively
the election of that percentage of the members of the board of directors or
similar governing body of such Person.

“Welfare Plan” means an ERISA Plan that is a “welfare
plan” within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(l).

“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means, with respect to any
Person, any corporation, limited liability company, unlimited liability company
or other entity, all of the securities or other ownership interest of which
having ordinary Voting Power to elect a majority of the board of directors, or
other persons performing similar functions, are at the time directly or
indirectly owned by such Person.

Section 1.2.  Accounting
Terms.  Any accounting term not
specifically defined in this Article I shall have the meaning ascribed thereto
by GAAP.

Section 1.3.  Terms
Generally.  The foregoing definitions
shall be applicable to the singular and plural forms of the foregoing defined
terms.

ARTICLE II.  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT

Section 2.1.  Amount and Nature of Credit.

(a)           Subject
to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders, during the
Commitment Period and to the extent hereinafter provided, shall make Loans to
Borrowers, participate in Swing Loans made by the Swing Line Lender to US
Borrowers and issue or participate in Letters of Credit at the request of
Administrative Borrower, in such aggregate amount as Borrowers shall request
pursuant to the Commitment; provided, however, that in no event shall the
Revolving Credit Exposure be in excess of the Total Commitment Amount.

(b)           Each
Lender, for itself and not one for any other, agrees to make Loans, participate
in Swing Loans, and issue or participate in Letters of Credit, during the
Commitment Period, on such basis that, immediately after the completion of any
borrowing by Borrowers or the issuance of a Letter of Credit:

(i)            the Dollar Equivalent of the
aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans made by such Lender,
when combined with such Lender’s pro rata share of the Letter of Credit
Exposure and the Swing Line Exposure shall not be in excess of the Maximum
Amount for such Lender; and

(ii)           the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of Revolving Loans made by such Lender shall represent that percentage
of the aggregate principal amount then outstanding on all Revolving Loans,
together with such Lender’s interest in the Letter of Credit Exposure and the
Swing Line Exposure that shall be such Lender’s Commitment Percentage.

 23
 

Each borrowing (other than Swing Loans which shall be risk participated
on a pro rata basis) from the Lenders shall be made pro rata according to the
respective Commitment Percentages of the Lenders.

(c)           The
Loans may be made as Revolving Loans as described in Section 2.2 (a) hereof and
as Swing Loans as described in Section 2.2 (c) hereof, and Letters of Credit
may be issued in accordance with Section 2.2(b) hereof.

Section 2.2.  Revolving
Credit.

(a)           Revolving
Loans.  Subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, during the Commitment Period, the Lenders shall
make a Revolving Loan or Revolving Loans to US Borrowers or a Foreign Borrower
in such amount or amounts as Administrative Borrower, through an Authorized
Officer, may from time to time request, but not exceeding in aggregate
principal amount at any time outstanding hereunder the Total Commitment Amount,
when such Revolving Loans are combined with the Letter of Credit Exposure and
the Swing Line Exposure; provided, however, that Borrowers shall not request
any Alternate Currency Loan (and the Lenders shall not be obligated to make an
Alternate Currency Loan) if, after giving effect thereto, the Alternate
Currency Exposure would exceed the Alternate Currency Maximum Amount.  Borrowers shall have the option, subject to
the terms and conditions set forth herein, to borrow Revolving Loans, maturing
on the last day of the Commitment Period, by means of any combination of Base
Rate Loans, Eurodollar Loans or Alternate Currency Loans.  With respect to each Alternate Currency Loan,
subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, US Borrowers or the
appropriate Foreign Borrower, as applicable, shall receive all of the proceeds
of such Alternate Currency Loan in one Alternate Currency and repay such
Alternate Currency Loan in the same Alternate Currency.  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement,
Borrowers shall be entitled under this Section 2.2(a) to borrow funds, repay
the same in whole or in part and re-borrow hereunder at any time and from time
to time during the Commitment Period.

(b)           Letters
of Credit.

(i)            Generally.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, during the Commitment Period (and prior to the Commitment Period
with respect to Letters of Credit issued under the Original Amended Credit
Agreement and outstanding and undrawn on the Closing Date), the Fronting Lender
shall, in its own name, on behalf of the Lenders, issue such Letters of Credit
for the account of a Credit Party, as Administrative Borrower may from time to
time request.  Administrative Borrower
shall not request any Letter of Credit (and the Fronting Lender shall not be
obligated to issue any Letter of Credit) if, after giving effect thereto, (A)
the Letter of Credit Exposure would exceed the Letter of Credit Commitment, (B)
the Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Total Commitment Amount, or (C)
with respect to a request for a Letter of Credit to be issued in an Alternate
Currency, the Alternate Currency Exposure would exceed the Alternate Currency
Maximum Amount.  The issuance of each
Letter of Credit shall confer upon each Lender the benefits and liabilities of
a participation

 24
 

consisting of an undivided
pro rata interest in the Letter of Credit to the extent of such Lender’s
Commitment Percentage.

(ii)           Request for Letter of Credit.  Each request for a Letter of Credit shall be
delivered to Agent (and to the Fronting Lender, if the Fronting Lender is a
Lender other than Agent) by an Authorized Officer not later than 11:00 A.M.
(Mountain time) three Business Days prior to the date of the proposed issuance
of the Letter of Credit.  Each such
request shall be in a form acceptable to Agent (and the Fronting Lender, if the
Fronting Lender is a Lender other than Agent) and shall specify the face amount
thereof, the account party, the beneficiary, the requested date of issuance,
amendment, renewal or extension, the expiry date thereof, the Alternate
Currency if a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency is
requested, and the nature of the transaction or obligation to be supported
thereby.  Concurrently with each such
request, Administrative Borrower, and any Credit Party for whose account the
Letter of Credit is to be issued (which may be a Borrower or a Guarantor of
Payment), shall execute and deliver to the Fronting Lender an appropriate
application and agreement, being in the standard form of the Fronting Lender
for such letters of credit, as amended to conform to the provisions of this
Agreement if required by Agent.  Agent
shall give the Fronting Lender and each Lender notice of each such request for
a Letter of Credit.

(iii)          Letter of Credit Fees.  With respect to each Letter of Credit and the
drafts thereunder, if any, whether issued for the account of a Borrower or any
other Credit Party, US Borrowers agree (and each Foreign Borrower agrees to
pay, with respect to Letters of Credit issued for its own account) to (A) pay
to Agent, for the pro rata benefit of the Lenders, a non-refundable commission
based upon the face amount of such Letter of Credit, which shall be paid
quarterly in arrears, on each Regularly Scheduled Payment Date, at the rate per
annum of the Applicable Margin (in effect on such Regularly Scheduled Payment
Date) multiplied by the face amount of such Letter of Credit; (B) pay to Agent,
for the sole benefit of the Fronting Lender, an additional Letter of Credit
fee, which shall be paid on each date that such Letter of Credit shall be
issued, amended or renewed at the rate of one-eighth percent (1/8%) of the face
amount of such Letter of Credit; and (C) pay to Agent, for the sole benefit of
the Fronting Lender, such other issuance, amendment, negotiation, draw, acceptance,
telex, courier, postage and similar transactional fees as are generally charged
by the Fronting Lender under its fee schedule as in effect from time to time.

(iv)          Refunding of Letters of Credit with
Revolving Loans.  Whenever a Letter
of Credit shall be drawn, US Borrowers, and any Foreign Borrower for whose
account such Letter of Credit was issued, shall immediately reimburse the
Fronting Lender for the amount drawn.  In
the event that the amount drawn is not in an Alternate Currency and shall not have
been reimbursed by such Borrowers, as applicable, within one Business Day of
the drawing of such Letter of Credit, at the sole option of Agent (and the
Fronting Lender, if the Fronting Lender is a Lender other than Agent), such
Borrowers shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Loan, subject to the
provisions of Sections 2.2(a) and 2.5 hereof (other than the requirement set
forth in Section 2.5(d) hereof), in the amount drawn.  Such Revolving Loan shall be evidenced by the
Revolving Credit Notes

 25
 

(or, if a Lender has not
requested a Revolving Credit Note, by the records of Agent and such
Lender).  Each Lender agrees, to make a
Revolving Loan on the date of such notice, subject to no conditions precedent
whatsoever.  Each Lender acknowledges and
agrees that its obligation to make a Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 2.2(a)
hereof when required by this Section 2.2(b)(iv) shall be absolute and
unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever,
including, without limitation, the occurrence and continuance of a Default or
Event of Default, and that its payment to Agent, for the account of the
Fronting Lender, of the proceeds of such Revolving Loan shall be made without
any offset, abatement, recoupment, counterclaim, withholding or reduction
whatsoever and whether or not the Revolving Credit Commitment shall have been
reduced or terminated.  Borrowers
irrevocably authorize and instruct Agent to apply the proceeds of any borrowing
pursuant to this Section 2.2(iv) to reimburse, in full (other than the Fronting
Lender’s pro rata share of such borrowing), the Fronting Lender for the amount
drawn on such Letter of Credit.  Each
such Revolving Loan shall be deemed to be a Base Rate Loan unless otherwise
requested by and available to Borrowers hereunder.  Each Lender is hereby authorized to record on
its records relating to its Revolving Credit Note (or if such Lender has not
requested a Revolving Credit Note, its records relating to Revolving Loans)
such Lender’s pro rata share of the amounts paid and not reimbursed on the
Letters of Credit.

(v)           Participation in Letters of Credit.  If, for any reason, Agent (and the Fronting
Lender if the Fronting Lender is a Lender other than Agent) shall be unable to
or, in the opinion of Agent, it shall be impracticable to, convert any Letter
of Credit to a Revolving Loan pursuant to the preceding subsection or if the
amount not reimbursed is a Letter of Credit drawn in an Alternate Currency,
Agent (and the Fronting Lender if the Fronting Lender is a Lender other than
Agent) shall have the right to request that each Lender purchase a
participation in the amount due with respect to such Letter of Credit, and
Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof (by facsimile or telephone,
confirmed in writing).  Upon such notice,
but without further action, the Fronting Lender hereby agrees to grant to each
Lender, and each Lender hereby agrees to acquire from the Fronting Lender, an
undivided participation interest in the amount due with respect to such Letter
of Credit in an amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the
principal amount due with respect to such Letter of Credit.  In consideration and in furtherance of the
foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon
receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to Agent, for the account of the
Fronting Lender, such Lender’s ratable share of the amount due with respect to
such Letter of Credit (determined in accordance with such Lender’s Commitment
Percentage).  Each Lender acknowledges
and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in the amount due
under any Letter of Credit that is drawn but not reimbursed by Borrowers
pursuant to this subsection (v) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall
not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including, without limitation,
the occurrence and continuance of a Default or Event of  Default, and that each such payment shall be
made without any offset, abatement, recoupment, counterclaim, withholding or
reduction whatsoever and whether or not the Revolving Credit Commitment shall
have been reduced or terminated.  Each
Lender shall comply with its obligation under this subsection (v) by wire
transfer of immediately available funds in Dollars (except in the

 26
 

case of a Letter of Credit
issued and drawn in an Alternate Currency, and, in such case, in such Alternate
Currency), in the same manner as provided in Section 2.5 hereof with respect to
Revolving Loans.  Each Lender is hereby
authorized to record on its records such Lender’s pro rata share of the amounts
paid and not reimbursed on the Letters of Credit.

(c)           Swing Loans.

(i)            Generally.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, during the Commitment Period, the Swing Line Lender shall make a
Swing Loan or Swing Loans to US Borrowers in such amount or amounts as
Administrative Borrower, through an Authorized Officer, may from time to time
request; provided that Administrative Borrower shall not request any Swing Loan
if, after giving effect thereto, (A) the Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed
the Total Commitment Amount, or (B) the Swing Line Exposure would exceed the
Swing Line Commitment.  Each Swing Loan
shall be due and payable on the Swing Loan Maturity Date applicable
thereto.  Each Swing Loan shall be made
in Dollars.

(ii)           Refunding of Swing Loans.  If the Swing Line Lender so elects, by giving
notice to Administrative Borrower and the Lenders, US Borrowers agree that the
Swing Line Lender shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to require that
any Swing Loan be refinanced as a Revolving Loan.  Such Revolving Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan
unless otherwise requested by and available to US Borrowers hereunder.  Upon receipt of such notice by US Borrowers
and the Lenders, US Borrowers shall be deemed, on such day, to have requested a
Revolving Loan in the principal amount of the Swing Loan in accordance with
Sections 2.2(a) and 2.5 hereof (other than the requirement set forth in Section
2.5(d) hereof).  Such Revolving Loan
shall be evidenced by the Revolving Credit Notes (or, if a Lender has not
requested a Revolving Credit Note, by the records of Agent and such
Lender).  Each Lender agrees to make a
Revolving Loan on the date of such notice, subject to no conditions precedent
whatsoever.  Each Lender acknowledges and
agrees that the obligation to make a Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 2.2(a)
hereof when required by this Section 2.2(c)(ii) is absolute and unconditional
and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including, without
limitation, the occurrence and continuance of a Default or Event of Default,
and that its payment to Agent, for the account of the Swing Line Lender, of the
proceeds of such Revolving Loan shall be made without any offset, abatement,
recoupment, counterclaim, withholding or reduction whatsoever and whether or
not the Revolving Credit Commitment shall have been reduced or terminated.  US Borrowers irrevocably authorize and
instruct Agent to apply the proceeds of any borrowing pursuant to this Section
2.2(c)(ii) to repay in full such Swing Loan. 
Each Lender is hereby authorized to record on its records
relating to its US Borrower Revolving Credit Note (or, if such Lender has not
requested a Revolving Credit Note, its records relating to Revolving Loans)
such Lender’s pro rata share of the amounts paid to refund such Swing Loan.

(iii)          Participation in Swing Loans.  If, for any reason, Agent is unable to or, in
the opinion of Agent, it is impracticable to, convert any Swing Loan to a
Revolving Loan

 27
 

pursuant to the preceding
Section 2.2(c)(ii), then on any day that a Swing Loan is outstanding (whether
before or after the maturity thereof), Agent shall have the right to request
that each Lender purchase a participation in such Swing Loan, and Agent shall
promptly notify each Lender thereof (by facsimile or telephone, confirmed in
writing).  Upon such notice, but without
further action, the Swing Line Lender hereby agrees to grant to each Lender,
and each Lender hereby agrees to acquire from the Swing Line Lender, an undivided
participation interest in such Swing Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s
Commitment Percentage of the principal amount of such Swing Loan.  In consideration and in furtherance of the
foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon
receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to Agent, for the benefit of the
Swing Line Lender, such Lender’s ratable share of such Swing Loan (determined
in accordance with such Lender’s Commitment Percentage).  Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its
obligation to acquire participations in Swing Loans pursuant to this Section
2.2(c)(iii) is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any
circumstance whatsoever, including, without limitation, the occurrence and
continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, and that each such payment
shall be made without any offset, abatement, recoupment, counterclaim,
withholding or reduction whatsoever and whether or not the Revolving Credit
Commitment shall have been reduced or terminated.  Each Lender shall comply with its obligation
under this Section 2.2(c)(iii) by wire transfer of immediately available funds,
in the same manner as provided in Section 2.5 hereof with respect to Revolving
Loans to be made by such Lender.

Section
2.3.  Interest.

(a)           Revolving
Loans.

(i)            Base Rate Loan.  The appropriate Borrower or Borrowers shall
pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of a Base Rate Loan outstanding
from time to time from the date thereof until paid at the Base Rate from time
to time in effect.  Interest on such Base
Rate Loan shall be payable, commencing November 30, 2007, and continuing on
each Regularly Scheduled Payment Date thereafter and at the maturity thereof.

(ii)           LIBOR Fixed Rate Loans.  The appropriate Borrower or Borrowers shall
pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each LIBOR Fixed Rate Loan
outstanding from time to time, fixed in advance on the first day of the
Interest Period applicable thereto through the last day of the Interest Period
applicable thereto (but subject to changes in the Applicable Margin), at the
Derived LIBOR Fixed Rate.  Interest on
such LIBOR Fixed Rate Loan shall be payable on each Interest Adjustment Date
with respect to an Interest Period (provided that if an Interest Period shall
exceed three months, the interest must be paid every three months, commencing
three months from the beginning of such Interest Period).

(b)           Swing
Loans.  US Borrowers shall pay
interest to Agent, for the sole benefit of the Swing Line Lender (and any
Lender that shall have purchased a participation in such Swing

 28
 

Loan), on the unpaid principal amount of each Swing Loan outstanding
from time to time from the date thereof until paid at the Base Rate from time
to time in effect.  Interest on each
Swing Loan shall be payable on the Swing Loan Maturity Date applicable thereto.
Each Swing Loan shall bear interest for a minimum of one day.

(c)           Default Rate.  Anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding, if an Event of Default shall occur hereunder and during the
continuance thereof, upon the election of the Required Lenders (i) the
principal of each Loan and the unpaid interest thereon shall bear interest,
until paid, at the Default Rate, (ii) the fee for the aggregate undrawn amount
of all issued and outstanding Letters of Credit shall be increased by two
percent (2%) in excess of the rate otherwise applicable thereto, and (iii) in
the case of any other amount not paid when due from Borrowers hereunder or
under any other Loan Document, such amount shall bear interest at the Default
Rate; provided that, during an Event of Default under Section 7.1 or 7.12
hereof, the applicable Default Rate shall apply without any election or action
on the part of Agent or any Lender.

(d)           Limitation on Interest.  In no event shall the rate of interest
hereunder exceed the maximum rate allowable by law.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under
the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest
permitted by applicable law (the “Maximum Rate”).  If Agent or any Lender shall receive interest
in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be
applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal,
refunded to the applicable Borrower.  In
determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by Agent
or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted
by applicable law, (i) characterize any payment that is not principal as an
expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (ii) exclude voluntary
prepayments and the effects thereof, and (iii) amortize, prorate, allocate, and
spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the
contemplated term of the Obligations, so long as the foregoing does not
adversely affect a Borrower.

Section
2.4.  Evidence of Indebtedness.

(a)           US
Borrower Revolving Loans.  Upon the
request of a Lender, to evidence the obligation of US Borrowers to repay the
Base Rate Loans and LIBOR Fixed Rate Loans made by such Lender and to pay
interest thereon, US Borrowers shall execute a US Borrower Revolving Credit
Note, payable to the order of such Lender in the principal amount of its
Revolving Credit Commitment or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount
of Revolving Loans made by such Lender; provided that the failure of a Lender
to request a Revolving Credit Note shall in no way detract from US Borrowers’
obligations to such Lender hereunder.

(b)           Foreign
Borrower Revolving Loans.  Upon the
request of a Lender, to evidence the obligation of each Foreign Borrower to
repay the Base Rate Loans and LIBOR Fixed Rate Loans made by such Lender and to
pay interest thereon each Foreign Borrower Revolving Credit Note, payable to the
order of such Lender in the principal amount of its Revolving Credit Commitment
or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Revolving Loans made to
such Foreign Borrower by such Lender; provided that the failure of a Lender to
request a Foreign

 29
 

Borrower Revolving Credit Note shall in no way detract from such
Foreign Borrower’s obligations to such Lender hereunder.

(c)           Swing
Loan.  Upon the request of the Swing
Line Lender, to evidence the obligation of US Borrowers to repay the Swing
Loans and to pay interest thereon, US Borrowers shall execute a Swing Line Note,
and payable to the order of the Swing Line Lender in the principal amount of
the Swing Line Commitment, or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount
of Swing Loans made by the Swing Line Lender; provided that the failure of the
Swing Line Lender to request a Swing Line Note shall in no way detract from US
Borrowers’ obligations to the Swing Line Lender hereunder.

Section 2.5.  Notice of Credit Event; Funding of Loans.

(a)           Notice
of Credit Event.  Administrative
Borrower, through an Authorized Officer, shall provide to Agent a Notice of
Loan prior to (i) 11:00 A.M. (Mountain time) on the proposed date of borrowing
or conversion of any Base Rate Loan, (ii) 11:00 A.M. (Mountain time) three
Business Days prior to the proposed date of borrowing, conversion or
continuation of any LIBOR Fixed Rate Loan, and (iii) 2:00 P.M. (Mountain time)
on the proposed date of borrowing of any Swing Loan; provided, however, that an
Authorized Officer of Administrative Borrower may verbally request a Loan, so
long as a Notice of Loan is received by the end of the same Business Day, and,
if Agent or any Lender provides funds or initiates funding based upon such
verbal request, Administrative Borrower shall bear the risk with respect to any
information regarding such funding that is later determined to have been
incorrect.  Borrowers shall comply with
the notice provisions set forth in Section 2.2(b) hereof with respect to
Letters of Credit.

(b)           Funding
of Loans.  Agent shall notify each
Lender of the date, amount, type of currency and Interest Period (if
applicable) promptly upon the receipt of a Notice of Loan, and, in any event,
by 2:00 P.M. (Mountain time) on the date such Notice of Loan is received. 
On the date that the Credit Event set forth in such Notice of
Loan is to occur, each such Lender
shall provide to Agent, not later than 3:00 P.M. (Mountain time), the amount in
Dollars, or, with respect to an Alternate Currency, in the applicable Alternate
Currency, in federal or other immediately available funds, required of it.  If Agent shall elect to advance the proceeds
of such Loan prior to receiving funds from such Lender, Agent shall have the
right, upon prior notice to Administrative Borrower, to debit any account of
any US Borrower or otherwise receive such amount from US Borrowers or the
appropriate Foreign Borrower, promptly after demand, in the event that such
Lender shall fail to reimburse Agent in accordance with this subsection.  Agent shall also have the right to receive
interest from such Lender at the Federal Funds Effective Rate in the event that
such Lender shall fail to provide its portion of the Loan on the date requested
and Agent shall elect to provide such funds.

(c)           Conversion
of Loans.  At the request of
Administrative Borrower to Agent, subject to the notice and other provisions of
this Section 2.5, the Lenders shall convert a Base Rate Loan to one or more
Eurodollar Loans at any time and shall convert a Eurodollar Loan to a Base Rate
Loan on any Interest Adjustment Date applicable thereto.  Swing Loans may be converted by the Swing
Line Lender to Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.2(c)(ii)

 30
 

hereof.  No Alternate Currency
Loan may be converted to a Base Rate Loan or Eurodollar Loan and no Base Rate
Loan or Eurodollar Loan may be converted to an Alternate Currency Loan.

(d)           Minimum
Amount.  Each request for:

(i)            a Base Rate Loan shall be in an
amount of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000), increased by
increments of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000);

(ii)           a LIBOR Fixed Rate Loan shall be in
an amount (or, with respect to an Alternate Currency Loan, the Dollar
Equivalent (or, in the discretion of Agent, such approximately comparable
amount as shall result in a rounded number)) of not less than Three Million
Dollars ($3,000,000), increased by increments of One Million Dollars
($1,000,000) (or, with respect to an Alternate Currency Loan, the Dollar
Equivalent (or, in the discretion of Agent, such approximately comparable amount
as shall result in a rounded number)); and

(iii)          a Swing Loan shall be in an amount of
not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

(e)           Interest
Periods.  Borrowers shall not request
that LIBOR Fixed Rate Loans be outstanding for more than twelve (12) different
Interest Periods at the same time.

Section 2.6.  Payment
on Loans and Other Obligations.

(a)           Payments
Generally.  Each payment made
hereunder by a Credit Party shall be made without any offset, abatement,
recoupment, counterclaim, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(b)           Payments
in Alternate Currency from Borrowers. 
With respect to any Alternate Currency Loan or any Letter of Credit
payable in an Alternate Currency, all payments (including prepayments) to any
Lender of the principal of or interest on such Alternate Currency Loan or
Letter of Credit shall be made in the same Alternate Currency as the original
Loan or Letter of Credit.  All such
payments shall be remitted by Borrowers to Agent, at the address of Agent for
notices referred to in Section 10.4 hereof (or at such other office or account
as designated in writing by Agent to Administrative Borrower), for the account
of the Lenders (or the Fronting Lender, as appropriate) not later than 11:00
A.M. (Mountain time) on the due date thereof in same day funds.  Any such payments received by Agent after
11:00 A.M. (Mountain time) shall be deemed to have been made and received on
the next Business Day.

(c)           Payments
in Dollars from Borrowers.  With
respect to (i) any Loan (other than an Alternate Currency Loan), or (ii) any
other payment to Agent and the Lenders that shall not be covered by subsection
(b) above, all such payments (including prepayments) to Agent of the principal
of or interest on such Loan or other payment, including but not limited to
principal, interest, fees or any other amount owed by any Borrower under this
Agreement, shall be made in Dollars.  All
payments described in this subsection (c) shall be remitted to Agent, at the address
of Agent for notices referred to in Section 10.4 hereof for the account of the
Lenders (or the

 31
 

Fronting Lender or the Swing Line Lender, as appropriate) not later
than 11:00 A.M. (Mountain time) on the due date thereof in immediately
available funds.  Any such payments
received by Agent after 11:00 A.M. (Mountain time) shall be deemed to have been
made and received on the next Business Day.

(d)           Payments
to Lenders from Agent.  Upon Agent’s
receipt of payments hereunder, Agent shall immediately distribute to each
Lender its (except with respect to Swing Loans, which shall be paid to
the Swing Line Lender or, with respect to Letters of Credit, certain of which
payments shall be paid to the Fronting Lender) their respective ratable shares, if any, of the amount of principal,
interest, and commitment and other fees received by Agent for the account of
such Lender.  Payments received by Agent
in Dollars shall be delivered to the Lenders in Dollars in immediately
available funds.  Payments received by
Agent in any Alternate Currency shall be delivered to the Lenders in such
Alternate Currency in same day funds. 
Each Lender shall record any principal, interest or other payment, the
principal amounts of Base Rate Loans, LIBOR Fixed Rate Loans, Swing Loans and
Letters of Credit, the type of currency for each Loan, all prepayments and the
applicable dates, including Interest Periods, with respect to the Loans made,
and payments received by such Lender, by such method as such Lender may
generally employ; provided, however, that failure to make any such entry shall
in no way detract from the obligations of Borrowers under this Agreement or any
Note.  The aggregate unpaid amount of
Loans, types of Loans, Interest Periods and similar information with respect to
the Loans and Letters of Credit set forth on the records of Agent shall be
rebuttably presumptive evidence with respect to such information, including the
amounts of principal, interest and fees owing to each Lender.

(e)           Timing
of Payments.  Whenever any payment to
be made hereunder, including, without limitation, any payment to be made on any
Loan, shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, such
payment shall be made on the next Business Day and such extension of time shall
in each case be included in the computation of the interest payable on such
Loan; provided that, with respect to a LIBOR Fixed Rate Loan, if the next
Business Day shall fall in the succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be
made on the preceding Business Day and the relevant Interest Period shall be
adjusted accordingly.

Section 2.7.  Prepayment.

(a)           Right
to Prepay.  Borrowers shall have the
right at any time or from time to time to prepay, on a pro rata basis for all
of the Lenders, all or any part of the principal amount of the Revolving Loans
then outstanding, as designated by Borrowers. 
Such payment shall include interest accrued on the amount so prepaid to
the date of such prepayment and any amount payable under Article III hereof
with respect to the amount being prepaid. 
Borrowers shall have the right, at any time or from time to time, to
prepay, for the benefit of the Swing Line Lender (and any Lender that has
purchased a participation in such Swing Loan), all or any part of the principal
amount of the Swing Loans then outstanding, as designated by Borrowers, plus
interest accrued on the amount so prepaid to the date of such prepayment.  Prepayments of Base Rate Loans shall be
without any premium or penalty, other than any prepayment fees, penalties or
other charges that may be contained in any Hedge Agreement.

 32

(b)           Notice
of Prepayment.  Administrative
Borrower shall give Agent notice of prepayment of a Base Rate Loan or Swing
Loan by no later than 1:00 P.M. (Mountain time) one Business Day before the
Business Day on which such prepayment is to be made and written notice of the
prepayment of any LIBOR Fixed Rate Loan not later than 1:00 P.M. (Mountain
time) three Business Days before the Business Day on which such prepayment is
to be made.

(c)           Minimum
Amount.  Each prepayment of a LIBOR
Fixed Rate Loan shall be in the principal amount of not less than One Million
Dollars ($1,000,000), or the principal amount of such Loan (or, with respect to
an Alternate Currency Loan, the Dollar Equivalent (rounded to a comparable
amount) of such amount) or, with respect to a Swing Loan, the principal balance
of such Swing Loan, except in the case of a mandatory payment pursuant to
Section 2.11 hereof or Article III hereof.

Section 2.8.  Commitment
and Other Fees.

(a)           Commitment
Fee.  US Borrowers shall pay to
Agent, for the ratable account of the Lenders, as a consideration for the
Commitment, a commitment fee from the Closing Date to and including the last
day of the Commitment Period, payable quarterly, at a rate per annum equal to
(i) the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate in effect on the payment date, multiplied
by (ii) (A) the average daily
Total Commitment Amount in effect during such quarter, minus (B) the average
daily Revolving Credit Exposure (exclusive of the Swing Line Exposure) during
such quarter.  The commitment fee shall
be payable in arrears, on November 30, 2007 and continuing on each Regularly
Scheduled Payment Date thereafter, and on the last day of the Commitment
Period.

(b)           Agent
Fee.  US Borrowers shall pay to
Agent, for its sole benefit, the fees set forth in the Agent Fee Letter.

Section 2.9.  Modifications
to Commitment.

(a)           Optional
Reduction of Commitment.  Borrowers
may at any time and from time to time permanently reduce in whole or ratably in
part the Total Commitment Amount to an amount not less than the then existing
Revolving Credit Exposure, by Administrative Borrower giving Agent not fewer
than three Business Days’ written notice of such reduction, provided that any
such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount, for all of the Lenders,
of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), increased by increments of
One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).  Agent
shall promptly notify each Lender of the date of each such reduction and such
Lender’s proportionate share thereof. 
After each such partial reduction, the commitment fees payable hereunder
shall be calculated upon the Total Commitment Amount as so reduced.  If Borrowers reduce in whole the Total
Commitment Amount on the effective date of such reduction (the appropriate
Borrowers having prepaid in full the unpaid principal balance, if any, of the
Loans, together with all interest (if any) and commitment and other fees
accrued and unpaid with respect thereto, and provided that no Letter of Credit
Exposure or Swing Line Exposure shall exist), all of the Notes shall be
delivered to Agent marked “Canceled” and Agent shall redeliver such Notes to
Administrative Borrower.  Any partial
reduction in the Total Commitment Amount shall be effective during the
remainder of the Commitment Period.

 33
 

(b)           Increase
in Commitment.  At any time during
the Commitment Increase Period, Administrative Borrower may request that Agent
increase the Total Commitment Amount from the Closing Commitment Amount up to
an amount that shall not exceed the Maximum Commitment Amount by either, at the
option of Administrative Borrower, (i) increasing, for one or more Lenders,
with their prior written consent, their respective amounts of the Revolving
Credit Commitment, or (ii) including one or more Additional Lenders, acceptable
to Administrative Borrower, each with a new Revolving Credit Commitment, as a
party to this Agreement (collectively, the “Additional Commitment”); provided
that the existing Lenders shall be given the opportunity to provide the
Additional Commitments prior to the inclusion of any Additional Lenders.  During the Commitment Increase Period, all of
the Lenders agree that Agent, in its sole discretion, may permit one or more
Additional Commitments upon satisfaction of the following requirements: (A)
each Additional Lender, if any, shall execute an Additional Lender Assumption
Agreement, (B) Agent shall provide to each Lender a revised Schedule 1
to this Agreement, including revised Commitment Percentages for each of the
Lenders, if appropriate, at least three Business Days prior to the date of
effectiveness of such Additional Commitments (each an “Additional Lender
Assumption Effective Date”), and (C) US Borrowers and, as appropriate, each
Foreign Borrower shall execute and deliver to Agent and the Lenders such
replacement or additional Revolving Credit Notes as shall be required by
Agent.  The Lenders hereby authorize
Agent to execute each Additional Lender Assumption Agreement on behalf of the
Lenders.  On each Additional Lender
Assumption Effective Date, the Lenders shall make adjustments among themselves
with respect to the Revolving Loans then outstanding and amounts of principal,
interest, commitment fees and other amounts paid or payable with respect
thereto as shall be necessary, in the opinion of Agent, in order to reallocate
among such Lenders such outstanding amounts, based on the revised Commitment
Percentages and to otherwise carry out fully the intent and terms of this
Section 2.9(b).  In connection therewith,
it is understood and agreed that the Maximum Amount of any Lender will not be
increased (or decreased except pursuant to Section 2.9(a) hereof) without the
prior written consent of such Lender. 
Borrowers shall not request any increase in the Total Commitment Amount pursuant
to this Section 2.9(b) if a Default or an Event of Default shall then exist, or
immediately after giving effect to any such increase would exist.

Section 2.10. 
Computation of Interest and Fees. 
With the exception of Base Rate Loans, interest on Loans and commitment
and other fees and charges hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year
having three hundred sixty (360) days and calculated for the actual number of
days elapsed.  With respect to Base Rate
Loans, interest shall be computed on the basis of a year having three hundred sixty-five
(365) days or three hundred sixty-six (366) days, as the case may be, and
calculated for the actual number of days elapsed.

Section 2.11. 
Mandatory Payment.

(a)           Revolving
Credit Exposure.  If, at any time,
the Revolving Credit Exposure shall exceed the Total Commitment Amount as then
in effect, US Borrowers (and the appropriate Foreign Borrowers) shall, as
promptly as practicable, but in no event later than the next Business Day, pay
an aggregate principal amount of the Loans sufficient to bring the Revolving
Credit Exposure within the Total Commitment Amount.

 34
 

(b)           Swing
Line Exposure.  If, at any time, the
Swing Line Exposure shall exceed the Swing Line Commitment, US Borrowers shall,
as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than the next Business Day,
prepay an aggregate principal amount of the Swing Loans sufficient to bring the
Swing Line Exposure within the Swing Line Commitment.

(c)           Application
of Mandatory Payments.  Unless
otherwise designated by Borrowers, each prepayment pursuant to
Section 2.11(a) hereof shall be applied in the following order (i) first,
on a pro rata basis for the Lenders, to outstanding Base Rate Loans, and (ii)
second, on a pro rata bases for the Lenders, to outstanding LIBOR Fixed Rate
Loans, provided that if the outstanding principal amount of any LIBOR Fixed
Rate Loan shall be reduced to an amount less than the minimum amount set forth
in Section 2.5(d) hereof as a result of such prepayment, then such LIBOR
Fixed Rate Loan shall be converted into a Base Rate Loan on the date of such
prepayment.  Any prepayment of a LIBOR
Fixed Rate Loan pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be subject to the
prepayment provisions set forth in Article III hereof.

Section 2.12.  Liability of
Borrowers.

(a)           Joint
and Several Liability.  Each Borrower
hereby authorizes Administrative Borrower to request Loans hereunder.  Each US Borrower acknowledges and agrees that
Agent and the Lenders are entering into this Agreement at the request of each
US Borrower and with the understanding that each US Borrower is and shall
remain fully liable, jointly and severally, for payment in full of the
Obligations.  Each US Borrower agrees
that it is receiving or will receive a direct pecuniary benefit for each Loan
made or Letter of Credit issued hereunder.

(b)           Appointment
of Administrative Borrower.  Each
Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Administrative Borrower as the borrowing
agent and attorney-in-fact for all Borrowers, 
which appointment shall remain in full force and effect unless and until
Agent shall have received prior written notice signed by each Borrower that
such appointment has been revoked and that another Borrower has been appointed
Administrative Borrower.  Each Borrower
hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes Administrative Borrower to (i)
provide Agent with all notices with respect to Loans and Letters of Credit
obtained for the benefit of any Borrower and all other notices and instructions
under this Agreement, (ii) take such action as Administrative Borrower deems
appropriate on its behalf to obtain Loans and Letters of Credit, and (iii)
exercise such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto to carry out
the purposes of this Agreement.

(c)           Maximum
Liability of Each Borrower.  Anything
in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding,
in no event shall the maximum liability of any Subsidiary Borrower exceed the
maximum amount that (after giving effect to the incurring of the obligations
hereunder and to any rights to contribution of such Subsidiary Borrower from
other Affiliates of such Subsidiary Borrower) would not render the rights to
payment of Agent and the Lenders hereunder void, voidable or avoidable under
any applicable fraudulent transfer law.

 (d)          Waivers of Each Borrower.  In the event that any obligation of any
Borrower under this Agreement is deemed to be an agreement by such Borrower to
answer for the debt or

 35
 

default of another Credit Party or as a hypothecation of property as
security therefore, each Borrower represents and warrants that (i) no
representation has been made to such Borrower as to the creditworthiness of
such other Credit Party, and (ii) such Borrower has established adequate
means of obtaining from such other Credit Party on a continuing basis, financial
or other information pertaining to such other Credit Party’s financial
condition.  Each Borrower expressly
waives, except as expressly required under this Agreement, diligence, demand,
presentment, protest and notice of every kind and nature whatsoever, consents to
the taking by Agent and the Lenders of any additional security, if any, of
another Credit Party for the obligations secured hereby, or the alteration or
release in any manner of any security, if any, of another Credit Party now or
hereafter held in connection with the Obligations, and consents that Agent, the
Lenders and any other Credit Party may deal with each other in connection with
such obligations or otherwise, or alter any contracts now or hereafter existing
between them, in any manner whatsoever, including without limitation the
renewal, extension, acceleration or changes in time for payment of any such
obligations or in the terms or conditions of any security held.  Agent and the Lenders are hereby expressly
given the right, at their option, to proceed in the enforcement of any of the
Obligations independently of any other remedy or security they may at any time
hold in connection with such obligations secured and it shall not be necessary
for Agent and the Lenders to proceed upon or against or exhaust any other
security or remedy before proceeding to enforce their rights against such
Borrower.  Each Borrower further
subordinates any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration,
contribution, indemnification, setoff or other recourse in respect of sums paid
to Agent and the Lenders by any other Credit Party.

(e)           Liability
of Foreign Borrowers.  Anything
herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no Foreign Borrower shall at any time
be liable for any Indebtedness of a US Borrower under this Agreement (exclusive
of Indebtedness of such Foreign Borrower that is guaranteed by such US Borrower
under this Agreement).

Section 2.13. 
Addition of Foreign Borrowers or Foreign Guarantors.

(a)           Addition
of Foreign Borrower.  At the request
of Administrative Borrower (with at least seven days prior written notice to
Agent and the Lenders), a Foreign Subsidiary of IHS that shall not then be a
Foreign Borrower may become a Foreign Borrower hereunder, provided that all of
the following requirements shall have been met to the satisfaction of Agent:
(i) Administrative Borrower shall have provided to Agent a written request
that such Foreign Subsidiary be designated as a Foreign Borrower pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement, which request shall specify the amount of Revolving
Loans and Letters of Credit requested to be made available to such
Foreign Subsidiary (the “Requested Availability”); (ii) Agent shall have
approved the amount of the Requested Availability or otherwise agreed with
Administrative Borrower as to the revised amount of availability, and, upon
such approval or reaching such agreement, Agent is hereby authorized to record
such amount on Schedule 4 hereto as the “Additional Foreign Borrower
Maximum Amount” with respect to such Foreign Subsidiary; (iii) such Foreign
Subsidiary shall be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of IHS; (iv) IHS and each
Domestic Guarantor of Payment shall have guaranteed the obligations of such
Foreign Subsidiary under this Agreement pursuant to the terms of a Guaranty of
Payment; (v) such Foreign Subsidiary shall have executed a Foreign Borrower
Assumption Agreement and Foreign Borrower Revolving Credit Notes, and any other
Foreign Subsidiary that Agent and

 36
 

Administrative
Borrower agree shall become a Foreign Guarantor of Payment with respect to such
Foreign Subsidiary, shall have executed a Guaranty of Payment with respect to
the obligations of such Foreign Subsidiary (provided that there shall be no
adverse tax consequences or adverse legal impact); and (vi) IHS, such Foreign
Subsidiary that shall become a Foreign Borrower, and any such Foreign
Subsidiary that shall become a Foreign Guarantor of Payment, in each case,
shall have provided to Agent such corporate governance and authorization
documents and an opinion of counsel and any other items as may be deemed
necessary or advisable by Agent.

(b)           Addition of Foreign Guarantor of
Payment.  At the request of
Administrative Borrower, a Foreign Subsidiary of IHS that shall not then be a
Foreign Guarantor of Payment may become a Foreign Guarantor of Payment
hereunder, provided that all of the following requirements shall have been met
to the satisfaction of Agent: (i) Administrative Borrower shall have provided
to Agent a written request that such Foreign Subsidiary be designated as a
Foreign Guarantor of Payment pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, which
request shall specify the Requested Availability for such Foreign Subsidiary;
(ii) Agent shall have approved the amount of the Requested Availability or
otherwise agreed with Administrative Borrower as to the revised amount of
availability, and, upon such approval or reaching such agreement, Agent is
hereby authorized to record such amount on Schedule 4 hereto as the “Additional
Foreign Guarantor Maximum Amount” with respect to such Foreign Subsidiary;
(iii) such Foreign Subsidiary shall be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of IHS; (iv)
such Foreign Subsidiary shall have executed a Guaranty of Payment with respect
to the obligations of one or more Foreign Borrowers as may be required by Agent
(provided that there shall be no adverse tax consequences or adverse legal
impact); and (v) such Foreign Subsidiary that shall become a Foreign Guarantor
of Payment shall have provided to Agent such corporate governance and
authorization documents and an opinion of counsel and any other items as may be
deemed necessary or advisable by Agent.

(c)           Additional Credit Party Bound by
Provisions.  Upon satisfaction by
Administrative Borrower and any such Foreign Subsidiary of the requirements set
forth in subsections (a) and (b) above, Agent shall promptly notify
Administrative Borrower and the Lenders, whereupon such Foreign Subsidiary
shall be designated a “Foreign Borrower” or “Foreign Guarantor of Payment”, as
applicable, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and such
Foreign Subsidiary shall become bound by all representations, warranties,
covenants, provisions and conditions of this Agreement and each other Loan
Document applicable to the Foreign Borrowers or Foreign Guarantors of Payment,
as the case may be, as if such Foreign Borrower or Foreign Guarantor of Payment
had been the original party making such representations, warranties and
covenants.

(d)           Alternative
Structures.  Agent, the Lenders and
Borrowers agree that if the addition of a Foreign Borrower or Foreign Guarantor
of Payment pursuant to this Section 2.13 would result in a requirement by such
Foreign Borrower or Foreign Guarantor of Payment to pay to any Lenders
additional amounts pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof, then Agent, the Lenders and
Borrowers agree to use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending
office or otherwise propose an alternate structure that would avoid the need
for, or reduce the amount of, such additional amounts so long as the same would
not, in the judgment of Agent and the Lenders, be otherwise disadvantageous to
Agent and the Lenders.

 37
 

ARTICLE III.  ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO

LIBOR FIXED RATE LOANS; INCREASED CAPITAL; TAXES

Section 3.1.  Requirements of
Law.

(a)           If,
after the Closing Date, (i) the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of
Law or in the interpretation or application thereof by a Governmental
Authority, or (ii) the compliance by any Lender with any request or directive
(whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other
Governmental Authority:

(A)          shall subject any Lender to any tax of
any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit or any
LIBOR Fixed Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments
to such Lender in respect thereof (except for Taxes and Excluded Taxes which
are governed by Section 3.2 hereof);

(B)           shall impose, modify or hold
applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement
against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of,
advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of
funds by, any office of such Lender that is not otherwise included in the
determination of the Eurodollar Rate or the Alternate Currency Rate; or

(C)           shall impose on such Lender any other condition;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such
Lender of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining LIBOR Fixed Rate
Loans or issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or to reduce any amount
receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, US Borrowers
(and any Foreign Borrower to which such Loan was made) shall pay to such
Lender, promptly after receipt of a written request therefor, any additional amounts
necessary to compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount
receivable.  If any Lender becomes
entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this subsection (a), such
Lender shall promptly notify Administrative Borrower (with a copy to Agent) of
the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.

(b)           If
any Lender shall have determined that, after the Closing Date, the adoption of
or any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the
interpretation or application thereof by a Governmental Authority or compliance
by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or
directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law)
from any Governmental Authority shall have the effect of reducing the rate of
return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its
obligations hereunder, or under or in respect of any Letter of Credit, to a
level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but
for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration the policies
of such Lender or corporation with respect to capital adequacy), then from time
to time, upon submission by such Lender to Administrative Borrower (with a copy
to Agent) of a written request therefor (which shall include the method

 38
 

for calculating such amount), US Borrowers (and any Foreign Borrower to
which such Loan was made) shall promptly pay or cause to be paid to such Lender
such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such
reduction.

(c)           A
certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 3.1
submitted by any Lender to Administrative Borrower (with a copy to Agent) shall
be conclusive absent manifest error.  In
determining any such additional amounts, such Lender may use any method of
averaging and attribution that it (in its sole discretion) shall deem
applicable.  The obligations of Borrowers
pursuant to this Section 3.1 shall survive the termination of this Agreement
and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

Section 3.2.  Taxes.

(a)           All
payments made by any Credit Party under any Loan Document shall be made free
and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any
Taxes or Other Taxes.  If any Taxes or
Other Taxes are required to be deducted or withheld from any amounts payable to
Agent or any Lender hereunder, the amounts so payable to Agent or such Lender
shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to Agent or such Lender
(after deducting, withholding and payment of all Taxes and Other Taxes)
interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the
amounts specified in the Loan Documents.

(b)           Whenever
any Taxes or Other Taxes are required to be withheld and paid by a Credit
Party, such Credit Party shall timely withhold and pay such taxes to the
relevant Governmental Authorities.  In
connection with payments under the Loan Documents, as promptly as possible
after the payment of such amounts to the relevant Governmental Authorities,
Administrative Borrower shall send to Agent for its own account or for the
account of the relevant Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an
original official receipt received by such Credit Party showing payment thereof
or other evidence of payment reasonably acceptable to Agent or such
Lender.  If such Credit Party shall fail
to pay any Taxes or Other Taxes when due to the appropriate Governmental
Authority or fails to remit to Agent the required receipts or other required
documentary evidence, US Borrowers and such Credit Party shall indemnify Agent
and the Lenders on demand for any incremental Taxes or Other Taxes paid or
payable by Agent or such Lender as a result of any such failure.

(c)           If
any Lender shall be so indemnified by a Credit Party, such Lender shall use
reasonable efforts to obtain the benefits of any refund, deduction or credit
for any taxes or other amounts with respect to the amount paid by such Credit
Party and shall reimburse such Credit Party to the extent, but only to the
extent, that such Lender shall receive a refund with respect to the amount paid
by such Credit Party or an effective net reduction in taxes or other
governmental charges (including any taxes imposed on or measured by the total
net income of such Lender) of the United States or any state or subdivision or
any other Governmental Authority thereof by virtue of any such deduction or
credit, after first giving effect to all other deductions and credits otherwise
available to such Lender.  If, at the
time any audit of such Lender’s income tax return is completed, such Lender
determines, based on such audit, that it shall not have been entitled to the
full amount of any refund reimbursed to such

 39
 

Credit Party as aforesaid or that its net income taxes shall not have
been reduced by a credit or deduction for the full amount reimbursed to such
Credit Party as aforesaid, such Credit Party, upon request of such Lender,
shall promptly pay to such Lender the amount so refunded to which such Lender
shall not have been so entitled, or the amount by which the net income taxes of
such Lender shall not have been so reduced, as the case may be.

(d)           Each
Lender that is not (i) a citizen or resident of the United States of America, (ii)
a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the
laws of the United States of America (or any jurisdiction thereof), or (iii) an
estate or trust that is subject to federal income taxation regardless of the
source of its income (any such Person, a “Non-U.S. Lender”) shall deliver to
Administrative Borrower and Agent two copies of either U.S. Internal Revenue
Service Form W-8BEN or Form W-8ECI, or, in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender
claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or
881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest”, a
statement with respect to such interest and a Form W-8BEN, or any subsequent
versions thereof or successors thereto, properly completed and duly executed by
such Non-U.S. Lender claiming complete exemption from, or a reduced rate of,
U.S. federal withholding tax on all payments by Credit Parties under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents. 
Such forms shall be delivered by each Non-U.S. Lender on or before the
date it becomes a party to this Agreement or such other Loan Document.  In addition, each Non-U.S. Lender shall
deliver such forms or appropriate replacements promptly upon the obsolescence
or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Non-U.S. Lender.  Each Non-U.S. Lender shall promptly notify
Administrative Borrower at any time it determines that such Lender is no longer
in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to Administrative
Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the U.S. taxing
authorities for such purpose). 
Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection (e), a Non-U.S.
Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this subsection
(e) that such Non-U.S. Lender is not legally able to deliver.

(e)           The
agreements in this Section 3.2 shall survive the termination of the Loan
Documents and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

Section 3.3.  Funding
Losses.  US Borrowers (and any
appropriate Foreign Borrower) agree to indemnify each Lender, promptly after
receipt of a written request therefor, and to hold each Lender harmless from,
any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of
(a) default by a Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or
continuation of LIBOR Fixed Rate Loans after such Borrower has given a notice
requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b)
default by a Borrower in making any prepayment of or conversion from LIBOR
Fixed Rate Loans after such Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement, (c) the making of a prepayment of a
LIBOR Fixed Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period
applicable thereto, or (d) any
conversion of a LIBOR Fixed Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan on a day that is not
the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto.  Such indemnification shall be in an amount
equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have
accrued on the amounts so prepaid, or not so borrowed, converted or continued,
for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow,
convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of
a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have
commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of
interest

 40
 

for such Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable
Margin included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as
reasonably determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender on
such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with
leading banks in the appropriate London interbank market, along with any
administration fee charged by such Lender. 
A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 3.3
submitted to Administrative Borrower (with a copy to Agent) by any Lender shall
be conclusive absent manifest error.  The
obligations of Borrowers pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall survive the
termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other
amounts payable hereunder.

Section 3.4.  Eurodollar
Rate or Alternate Currency Rate Lending Unlawful; Inability to Determine Rate.

(a)           If
any Lender shall determine (which determination shall, upon notice thereof to
Administrative Borrower and Agent, be conclusive and binding on Borrowers)
that, after the Closing Date, (i) the introduction of or any change in or in
the interpretation of any law makes it unlawful, or (ii) any Governmental
Authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender to make or continue any
Loan as, or to convert (if permitted pursuant to this Agreement) any Loan into,
a LIBOR Fixed Rate Loan, the obligations of such Lender to make, continue or
convert any such LIBOR Fixed Rate Loan shall, upon such determination, be
suspended until such Lender shall notify Agent that the circumstances causing
such suspension no longer exist, and all outstanding LIBOR Fixed Rate Loans
payable to such Lender shall automatically convert (if conversion is permitted
under this Agreement) into a Base Rate Loan, or be repaid (if no conversion is
permitted) at the end of the then current Interest Periods with respect thereto
or sooner, if required by law or such assertion.

(b)           If
Agent or the Required Lenders determine that for any reason adequate and
reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate or Alternate
Currency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed
LIBOR Fixed Rate Loan, or that the Eurodollar Rate or Alternate Currency Rate
for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed LIBOR Fixed Rate
Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Lenders of funding
such Loan, Agent will promptly so notify Administrative Borrower and each
Lender.  Thereafter, the obligation of
the Lenders to make or maintain such LIBOR Fixed Rate Loan shall be suspended
until Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such
notice.  Upon receipt of such notice,
Administrative Borrower may revoke any pending request for a borrowing of,
conversion to or continuation of such LIBOR Fixed Rate Loan or, failing that,
will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a borrowing of
a Base Rate Loan in the amount specified therein.

Section
3.5.  Discretion of Lenders as to
Manner of Funding.  Notwithstanding
any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, each Lender shall be entitled
to fund and maintain its funding of all or any part of such Lender’s Loans in
any manner such Lender deems to be appropriate (including funding such Loans
through a foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender, so long as such funding
does not adversely affect the Companies); it being understood, however, that,
for the purposes of this Agreement, all determinations hereunder shall be made
as if such Lender had actually funded and maintained each Eurodollar Loan or
Alternate Currency Loan

 41
 

during the
applicable Interest Period for such Loan through the purchase of deposits
having a maturity corresponding to such Interest Period and bearing an interest
rate equal to the Eurodollar Rate or Alternate Currency Rate, as applicable,
for such Interest Period.  Any funding of
Loans by a Lender in accordance with this Section 3.5 shall not affect the
obligations of any applicable Borrower to repay such Loans to such Lender in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IV.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 4.1. 
Conditions to Each Credit Event. 
The obligation of the Lenders, the Fronting Lender and the Swing Line
Lender to participate in any Credit Event shall be conditioned, in the case of
each Credit Event, upon the following:

(a)           all
conditions precedent as listed in Section 4.2 hereof required to be satisfied
prior to the first Credit Event shall have been satisfied prior to or as of the
first Credit Event;

(b)           Administrative
Borrower shall have submitted a Notice of Loan (or with respect to a Letter of
Credit, complied with the provisions of Section 2.2(b)(ii) hereof) and
otherwise complied with Section 2.5 hereof;

(c)           no
Default or Event of Default shall then exist or immediately after such Credit
Event would exist; and

(d)           each
of the representations and warranties contained in Article VI hereof shall be
true in all material respects as if made on and as of the date of such Credit
Event, except to the extent that any thereof expressly relate to an earlier
date.

Each request by Borrowers (or Administrative Borrower) for a Credit
Event shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by Borrowers as of
the date of such request as to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent
specified in subsections (c) and (d) above.

Section 4.2.  Conditions
to the First Credit Event.  Borrowers
shall cause the following conditions to be satisfied on or prior to the Closing
Date.  The obligation of the Lenders, the
Fronting Lender and the Swing Line Lender to participate in the first Credit
Event is subject to Borrowers satisfying each of the following conditions prior
to or concurrently with such Credit Event:

(a)           Notes as Requested.  (i) US Borrowers shall have executed and
delivered to each Lender requesting a US Borrower Revolving Credit Note such
Lender’s US Borrower Revolving Credit Note, (ii) each Foreign Borrower shall
have executed and delivered to each Lender requesting a Foreign Borrower
Revolving Credit Note such Lender’s Foreign Borrower Revolving Credit Note, and
(iii) IHS shall have executed and delivered to the Swing Line Lender the Swing
Line Note, if requested by the Swing Line Lender.

 42
 

(b)           Guaranties
of Payment.  Each Domestic Guarantor
of Payment, each Foreign Borrower and Jane’s Information Group (Holdings)
Limited shall have executed and delivered to Agent, for the benefit of the
Lenders, a Guaranty of Payment, and each Foreign Guarantor of Payment (other
than each Foreign Borrower and each New Foreign Guarantor of Payment) shall
have executed and delivered to Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a
Confirmation of Guaranty of Payment, each to be in form and substance
satisfactory to Agent.

(c)           Officer’s
Certificate, Resolutions, Organizational Documents.  Each Borrower, each Domestic Guarantor of
Payment and Jane’s Information Group (Holdings) Limited shall have delivered to
Agent an officer’s certificate (or comparable domestic or foreign documents)
certifying the names of the officers of such Credit Party authorized to sign
the Loan Documents, together with the true signatures of such officers and
certified copies of (i) the resolutions of the board of directors (or
comparable domestic or foreign documents) of such Credit Party evidencing
approval of the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the execution
of other Related Writings to which such Credit Party is a party, and (ii) the
Organizational Documents of such Credit Party.

(d)           Good
Standing and Full Force and Effect Certificates.  Borrowers shall have delivered to Agent a
good standing certificate or full force and effect certificate, as the case may
be, for each Borrower and Domestic Guarantor of Payment, issued on or about the
Closing Date by the Secretary of State in the state or states where such Credit
Party is incorporated or formed.

(e)           Agent
Fee Letter, Closing Fee Letter and Other Fees.  Borrowers shall have (i) executed and
delivered to Agent the Agent Fee Letter and paid to Agent, for its sole
account, the fees stated therein, (ii) executed and delivered to Agent the
Closing Fee Letter and paid to Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, the fees
stated therein, and (iii) paid all legal fees and expenses of Agent in
connection with the preparation and negotiation of the Loan Documents.

(f)            Legal
Opinion.  Borrowers shall have
delivered to Agent an opinion of counsel for each US Borrower and Domestic
Guarantor of Payment, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and the
Lenders.

(g)           Borrower Investment Policy.  Borrowers shall have delivered to Agent a
copy of the Borrower Investment Policy as in effect on the Closing Date.

(h)           Lien
Searches. With respect to the property owned or leased by each Borrower and
Domestic Guarantor of Payment, Borrowers shall have caused to be delivered to
Agent (i) the results of Uniform Commercial Code lien searches (updated since
the closing of the Original Credit Agreement), satisfactory to Agent and the
Lenders, (ii) the results of federal and state tax lien and judicial lien
searches, satisfactory to Agent and the Lenders, and (iii) Uniform Commercial
Code termination statements reflecting termination of all U.C.C. Financing Statements
previously filed by any Person and not expressly permitted pursuant to Section
5.9 hereof.

(i)            Closing
Certificate.  Borrowers shall have
delivered to Agent and the Lenders an officer’s certificate certifying that, as
of the Closing Date, (i) all conditions precedent set forth in

 43
 

this Article IV have been satisfied, (ii) no Default or Event of
Default exists nor immediately after the first Credit Event will exist, and
(iii) each of the representations and warranties contained in Article VI hereof
are true and correct as of the Closing Date.

(j)            Letter
of Direction.  Borrowers shall have
delivered to Agent a letter of direction authorizing Agent, on behalf of the
Lenders, to disburse the proceeds of the Loans, which letter of direction
includes the authorization to transfer funds under this Agreement and the wire
instructions that set forth the locations to which such funds shall be sent.

(k)           No
Material Adverse Change.  No material
adverse change, in the opinion of Agent, shall have occurred in the financial
condition or operations of the Companies since August 31, 2007.

(l)            Miscellaneous.  Borrowers shall have provided to Agent and
the Lenders such other items and shall have satisfied such other conditions as
may be reasonably required by Agent or the Lenders.

Section 4.3.  Post-Closing
Conditions.

(a)           Foreign
Legal Opinions.  No later than
ten days after the Closing Date (unless a longer period is agreed to in writing
by Agent), Borrowers shall have
delivered to Agent opinions of counsel for each Foreign Borrower and Jane’s
Information Group (Holdings) Limited, each in form and substance satisfactory
to Agent.

(b)           Additional
Foreign Guarantors of Payment.  No
later than thirty (30) days after the Closing Date (unless a longer period is
agreed to in writing by Agent), IHS GmbH and Jane’s Information Group Limited
shall each have executed and delivered to Agent, for the benefit of the
Lenders, a Guaranty of Payment,
and Administrative Borrower shall have delivered to Agent such other
supporting documentation, corporate governance and authorization documents, and
an opinion of counsel as may be deemed necessary or advisable by Agent.

ARTICLE V.  COVENANTS

Section 5.1.  Insurance.  Each Company shall (a) maintain
insurance to such extent and against such hazards and liabilities as is
commonly maintained by Persons similarly situated; and (b) within ten days
of any Lender’s written request, furnish to such Lender such information about
such Company’s insurance as that Lender may from time to time reasonably
request, which information shall be prepared in form and detail satisfactory to
such Lender and certified by a Financial Officer of such Company.

Section 5.2.  Money
Obligations.  Each Company shall pay
in full (a) prior in each case to the date when penalties would attach,
all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges and levies (except
only those so long as and to the extent that the same shall be contested in
good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and for which adequate
provisions have been established in accordance with GAAP) for which it may be
or become liable or to which

 44
 

any or all of its properties may be or become subject; (b) in the
case of each US Borrower, all of its material wage obligations to its employees
in compliance with the Fair Labor Standards Act (29 U.S.C. §§ 206-207) or
any comparable provisions; and (c) except to the extent that the
nonpayment would not have a Material Adverse Effect, all of its other
obligations calling for the payment of money (except only those so long as and
to the extent that the same shall be contested in good faith and for which
adequate provisions have been established in accordance with GAAP) before such
payment becomes overdue.

Section 5.3.  Financial Statements and Information.

(a)           Quarterly
Financials.  Borrowers shall deliver
to Agent and the Lenders, within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of
the first three quarter-annual periods of each fiscal year of IHS,
balance sheets of the Companies as of the end of such period and statements of
income (loss) and cash-flow for the quarter and fiscal year to date periods,
all prepared on a Consolidated and consolidating basis, in accordance with
GAAP, and in form and detail satisfactory to Agent and the Lenders and
certified by a Financial Officer.

(b)           Annual
Audit Report.  Borrowers shall
deliver to Agent and the Lenders, within ninety (90) days after the end of each
fiscal year of IHS, an annual audit report of the Companies for that year
prepared on a Consolidated and consolidating basis, in accordance with GAAP,
and in form and detail satisfactory to Agent and the Lenders and certified by
an independent public accountant satisfactory to Agent, which report shall
include balance sheets and statements of income (loss), stockholders’ equity
and cash-flow for that period.

(c)           Compliance
Certificate.  Borrowers shall deliver
to Agent and the Lenders, concurrently with the delivery of the financial
statements set forth in subsections (a) and (b) above, a Compliance
Certificate.

(d)           Management
Report.  Borrowers shall deliver to
Agent and the Lenders, concurrently with the delivery of the quarterly and
annual financial statements set forth in subsection (b) above, a copy of any
material management report, letter or similar writing furnished to the
Companies by the accountants in respect of the Companies’ systems, operations,
financial condition or properties.

(e)           Shareholder
and SEC Documents.  Borrowers shall
deliver to Agent and the Lenders, as soon as available, copies of all notices,
reports, definitive proxy or other statements and other documents sent by
Borrowers to their shareholders, to the holders of any of its debentures or
bonds or the trustee of any indenture securing the same or pursuant to which
they are issued, or sent by Borrowers (in final form) to any securities
exchange or over the counter authority or system, or to the SEC or any similar
federal agency having regulatory jurisdiction over the issuance of any Borrower’s
securities (other than ownership forms).

(f)            Financial
Information of Companies.  Borrowers
shall deliver to Agent and the Lenders, within ten days of the written request
of Agent or any Lender, such other information about the financial condition,
properties and operations of any Company as Agent or such Lender may from time
to time reasonably request, which information shall be submitted in form

 45
 

and detail satisfactory to Agent or such Lender and certified by a
Financial Officer (to the knowledge of such Financial Officer) of the Company
or Companies in question.

Section 5.4.  Financial
Records.  Each Company shall at all
times maintain true and complete records and books of account, including,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, appropriate provisions for
possible losses and liabilities, all in accordance with GAAP, and at all
reasonable times (during normal business hours and upon notice to such Company)
permit Agent (or, after the occurrence and continuance of a Default or an Event
of Default, any Lender), or any representative of Agent (or such Lender), to
examine such Company’s books and records and to make excerpts therefrom and
transcripts thereof.

Section 5.5.  Franchises;
Change in Business.

(a)           Each
Company (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) shall preserve and maintain at
all times its existence, and its rights and franchises necessary for its
business, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 5.12 hereof.

(b)           No
Company shall engage in any business if, as a result thereof, the general
nature of the business of the Companies taken as a whole would be substantially
changed from the general nature of the business the Companies are engaged in on
the Closing Date.

Section 5.6.  ERISA
Pension and Benefit Plan Compliance. 
No Company shall incur any material accumulated funding deficiency
within the meaning of ERISA, or any material liability to the PBGC, established
thereunder in connection with any ERISA Plan. Borrowers shall furnish to the
Lenders (a) as soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days
after any Company knows or has reason to know that any Reportable Event with
respect to any ERISA Plan has occurred, a statement of a Financial Officer of
such Company, setting forth details as to such Reportable Event and the action
that such Company proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy
of the notice of such Reportable Event given to the PBGC if a copy of such
notice is available to such Company, and (b) promptly after receipt
thereof a copy of any notice such Company, or any member of the Controlled Group
may receive from the PBGC or the Internal Revenue Service with respect to any
ERISA Plan administered by such Company; provided that this latter clause shall
not apply to notices of general application promulgated by the PBGC or the
Internal Revenue Service.  Borrowers
shall promptly notify Agent of any material taxes assessed, proposed to be
assessed or that Borrowers have reason to believe may be assessed against a
Company by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to any ERISA Plan. As used
in this Section 5.6, “material” means the measure of a matter of significance
that shall be determined as being an amount equal to five percent (5%) of
Consolidated Net Worth.  As soon as
practicable, and in any event within twenty (20) days, after any Company shall
become aware that an ERISA Event shall have occurred, such Company shall
provide Agent with notice of such ERISA Event with a certificate by a Financial
Officer of such Company setting forth the details of the event and the action
such Company or another Controlled Group member proposes to take with respect
thereto.  Borrowers shall, at the request
of Agent or any Lender, deliver or cause to be delivered to Agent or such
Lender, as the case may be, true and correct copies of any documents relating
to the ERISA Plan of any Company.

 46
 

Section 5.7.  Financial
Covenants.

(a)           Leverage Ratio.  Borrowers shall not suffer or permit at any
time the Leverage Ratio to exceed 3.00 to 1.00.

(b)           Interest Coverage Ratio.  Borrowers shall not suffer or permit at any
time the Interest Coverage Ratio to be less than 3.00 to 1.00.

Section 5.8.  Borrowing.  No Company shall create, incur or have
outstanding any Indebtedness of any kind; provided that this Section 5.8 shall
not apply to the following:

(a)           the
Loans, the Letters of Credit and any other Indebtedness under this Agreement;

(b)           any
loans granted to or Capitalized Lease Obligations entered into by any Company
for the purchase or lease of fixed assets (and refinancings of such loans or
Capitalized Lease Obligations), which loans and Capitalized Lease Obligations
shall only be secured by the fixed assets being purchased or leased, so long as
the aggregate principal amount of all such loans and Capitalized Lease
Obligations for all Companies shall not exceed Twenty-Five Million Dollars
($25,000,000) at any time outstanding;

(c)           the
Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date, in addition to the other
Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 5.8, as set
forth in Schedule 5.8 hereto (and any extension, renewal or refinancing
thereof but only to the extent that the principal amount thereof does not be
increase after the Closing Date);

(d)           loans
to a Company from a Company so long as each such Company is a Credit Party;

(e)           Indebtedness
under any Hedge Agreement, so long as such Hedge Agreement shall have been
entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative
purposes;

(f)            Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Loans
and Investments;

(g)           unsecured loans to Foreign
Subsidiaries organized in Canada up to an aggregate amount of Fifty Million
Dollars ($50,000,000), so long as such loans shall be subject to financial
covenants and defaults that are no more restrictive than the Loan Documents;
and

(h)           other unsecured Indebtedness, in
addition to the Indebtedness listed above, in an aggregate principal amount for
all Companies not to exceed Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) at any
time outstanding, provided that the financial covenants and defaults under the
agreements relating to such Indebtedness (for an aggregate amount of
Indebtedness over One Million Dollars ($1,000,000)) shall not be more
restrictive than any such provisions of this Agreement.

 47
 

Section 5.9.  Liens.  No Company shall create, assume or suffer to
exist (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any Lien upon any of its property or assets,
whether now owned or hereafter acquired; provided that this Section 5.9 shall
not apply to the following:

(a)           Liens
for taxes not yet due or that are being actively contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves shall have been
established in accordance with GAAP;

(b)           other
statutory Liens incidental to the conduct of its business or the ownership of
its property and assets that (i) were not incurred in connection with the
borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit, and (ii) do not in
the aggregate materially detract from the value of its property or assets or
materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;

(c)           Liens
on property or assets of a Subsidiary to secure obligations of such Subsidiary
to a Credit Party;

(d)           purchase
money Liens on fixed assets securing the loans and Capitalized Lease
Obligations pursuant to Section 5.8(b) hereof, provided that such Lien is
limited to the purchase price and only attaches to the property being acquired;

(e)           the
Liens existing on the Closing Date as set forth in Schedule 5.9 hereto
and replacements, extensions, renewals, refundings or refinancings thereof, but
only to the extent that the amount of debt secured thereby shall not be
increased;

(f)            easements
or other minor defects or irregularities in title of real property not
interfering in any material respect with the use of such property in the
business of any Company;

(g)           any
Lien granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders; and

(h)           other Liens, in addition to the Liens
listed above, securing amounts, in the aggregate for all Companies, not to
exceed Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) and not incurred in connection with
the borrowing of money.

No Company shall enter into any contract or agreement (other than a
contract or agreement entered into in connection with the purchase or lease of
fixed assets that prohibits Liens on such fixed assets or a contract or
agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business that does not permit
Liens on, or collateral assignment of, the property relating to such contract
or agreement) that would prohibit Agent or the Lenders from acquiring a
security interest, mortgage or other Lien on, or a collateral assignment of,
any of the material property or assets of such Company.

Section 5.10. 
Regulations T, U and X.  No
Company shall take any action that would result in any non-compliance of
the Loans or Letters of Credit with Regulations T, U or X, or any other
applicable regulation, of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 48

Section 5.11. 
Investments, Loans and Guaranties.  No Company shall, without the prior written
consent of Agent and the Required Lenders, (a) create, acquire or hold any
Subsidiary, (b) make or hold any investment in any stocks, bonds or securities
of any kind, (c) be or become a party to any joint venture or other
partnership, (d) make or keep outstanding any advance or loan (in cash) to any
Person, or (e) be or become a Guarantor of any kind (other than a Guarantor of
Payment under the Loan Documents); provided that this Section 5.11 shall not
apply to the following:  

(i)            any endorsement of a check or other
medium of payment for deposit or collection through normal banking channels or
similar transaction in the normal course of business;

(ii)           any investment made in accordance
with the Borrower Investment Policy; 

(iii)          the holding of Subsidiaries listed on Schedule
6.1 hereto and investments therein existing on the Closing Date;

(iv)          the holding of interests in joint
ventures (including any Joint Venture Subsidiary) listed on Schedule 5.11
hereto and the investments therein existing on the Closing Date;

(v)           the holding of interests in, and
guaranties of the indebtedness of, joint ventures (including any Joint Venture
Subsidiary) created pursuant to contract after the Closing Date so long as all
investments therein, together with Permitted Investments, do not in the
aggregate exceed Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000);

(vi)          investments in, loans to, and
guaranties of Indebtedness of, a Credit Party by or from a Company; 

(vii)         any Permitted Investment or
Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Loans and Investments, so long as no Default or Event of Default
shall then exist or would result therefrom; 

(viii)        the creation of a Subsidiary (and
investments therein), so long as (A) no Default or Event of Default shall then
exist or would result therefrom, and (B) such Subsidiary complies with Section
5.20 hereof, including becoming a Guarantor of Payment, if applicable; 

(ix)           any advance or loan to an officer or
employee of a Company as an advance on commissions, travel and other items in
the ordinary course of business, so long as all such advances and loans from
all Companies aggregate not more than the maximum principal sum of One Million
Dollars ($1,000,000) at any time outstanding; or

(x)            any arms-length distribution or similar contractual
arrangement with a Person (other than a Company or an Affiliate) where no
separate or new legal entity has been created.

 49
 

For
purposes of this Section 5.11, the amount of any investment in equity interests
shall be based upon the initial amount invested and shall not include any
appreciation in value or return on such investment but shall take into account
repayments, redemptions and return of capital.

Section 5.12. 
Merger and Sale of Assets. 
No Company shall merge, amalgamate or consolidate with any other Person,
or sell, lease or transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets to any Person
other than in the ordinary course of business, except that, if no Default or
Event of Default shall then exist or immediately thereafter shall begin to
exist:  

(a)           a
Credit Party may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with any other Credit Party
(provided that (i) if one of such Companies is IHS, IHS shall be the continuing
or surviving Credit Party, and (ii) if at least one of such Companies is a
Borrower (and none of the Companies is IHS), a Borrower shall be the continuing
or surviving Person;

(b)           a
Non-Credit Party may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with another Person
(provided that if such Person is a Credit Party, such Credit Party shall be the
continuing or surviving Person); 

(c)           a
Credit Party (other than IHS) may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of
any of its assets to any other Credit Party;

(d)           a
Non-Credit Party may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its
assets to any other Company;

(e)           any
Company (other than IHS) may be liquidated or dissolved so long as (i) if such
Company is a Credit Party, its assets are distributed to a Credit Party; and
(ii) notice of such liquidation or dissolution is provided to Agent and the
Lenders with the Compliance Certificate delivered for the fiscal quarter of IHS
in which such liquidation or dissolution occurred;

(f)            a
Company may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets (including
stock) (i) that are obsolete or no longer useful in such Company’s business, or
(ii) in connection with the winding up or sale of a particular line of
business; provided that no Company shall, without the prior written consent of
Agent and the Required Lenders, effect a Significant Asset Disposition (other
than pursuant to subsection (h) hereof); 

(g)           Acquisitions
may be effected in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.13 hereof; and 

(h)           the
Companies may effect a Disposition of the assets listed on Schedule 5.12
hereof.  

Section 5.13. 
Acquisitions.  No Company
shall effect an Acquisition; provided, however, that a Credit Party may effect
an Acquisition so long as: 

 50
 

(a)           in
the case of a merger, amalgamation or other combination including a Borrower
(other than IHS), such Borrower shall be the surviving entity, and, if such
merger, amalgamation or other combination includes IHS, IHS shall be the
surviving entity;

(b)           in
the case of a merger, amalgamation or other combination including a Credit
Party (other than a Borrower), a Credit Party shall be the surviving entity; 

(c)           the
business to be acquired shall be similar to the lines of business of the
Companies; 

(d)           the
Companies shall be in full compliance with the Loan Documents both prior to and
after giving effect to such Acquisition; 

(e)           no
Default or Event of Default shall exist prior to or after giving effect to such
Acquisition;

(f)            if
the aggregate Consideration for such Acquisition is greater than Fifty Million
Dollars ($50,000,000), Administrative Borrower shall have provided to Agent and
the Lenders, within ten days after the completion of such Acquisition, a
certificate of a Financial Officer showing pro forma compliance with Sections
5.7 and 5.13(h) hereof, both before and after the proposed Acquisition; 

(g)           such
Acquisition is not actively opposed by the board of directors (or similar
governing body) of the selling Persons or the Persons whose equity interests
are to be acquired; and 

(h)           the
Liquidity Amount shall be no less than Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000)
after giving effect to such Acquisition.

Section 5.14. 
Notice.  

(a)           Administrative
Borrower shall cause a Financial Officer to notify Agent in writing, within
five days after the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, or if any
representation or warranty made in Article VI hereof or elsewhere in this
Agreement or in any Related Writing ceases in any material respect to be true
and complete.

(b)           Promptly
upon becoming aware thereof, Administrative Borrower will give Agent written
notice about any condition or event that Borrowers determine has or is
reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.15. 
Environmental Compliance. 
Each Company shall comply in all material respects with any and all
Environmental Laws including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws in
jurisdictions in which such Company owns or operates a facility or site,
arranges for disposal or treatment of hazardous substances, solid waste or
other wastes, accepts for transport any hazardous substances, solid waste or
other wastes or holds any interest in real property or otherwise. Borrowers
shall furnish to Agent and the Lenders, promptly after receipt thereof, a

 51
 

copy of any notice such Company may receive from any Governmental
Authority or private Person or otherwise that any material litigation or
proceeding pertaining to any environmental, health or safety matter has been
filed or is threatened against such Company, any real property in which such
Company holds any interest or any past or present operation of such
Company.  No Company shall allow the
release or disposal of hazardous waste, solid waste or other wastes on, under
or to any real property in which any Company holds any ownership interest or
performs any of its operations, in material violation of any Environmental
Law.  As used in this Section 5.15, “litigation
or proceeding” means any demand, claim, notice, suit, suit in equity action,
administrative action, investigation or inquiry whether brought by any
Governmental Authority or private Person or otherwise. Borrowers shall defend,
indemnify and hold Agent and the Lenders harmless against all costs, expenses,
claims, damages, penalties and liabilities of every kind or nature whatsoever
(including attorneys’ fees) arising out of or resulting from the noncompliance
of any Company with any Environmental Law. 
Such indemnification shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

Section 5.16. 
Affiliate Transactions.  No
Company shall, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any
transaction (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or
exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate
(other than a Company that is a Credit Party) on terms that shall be less
favorable to such Company than those that might be obtained at the time in a
transaction with a non-Affiliate; provided, however, that the foregoing
shall not prohibit the payment of customary and reasonable directors’ fees to
directors who are not employees of a Company or an Affiliate.

Section 5.17. 
Use of Proceeds.  Borrowers’
use of the proceeds of the Loans shall be for general corporate purposes of the
Companies, including for Acquisitions and for the repurchase of the capital
stock of IHS.

Section 5.18. 
Corporate Names.  No Credit
Party shall change its corporate name or its state of organization, unless, in
each case, Administrative Borrower shall provide Agent and the Lenders written
notice thereof concurrently with the delivery of the next Compliance
Certificate required to be delivered after such change.

Section
5.19.  Restricted Payments.  No Company shall make or commit itself to
make any Restricted Payment, except that such Company may make a Restricted
Payment so long as no Default or Event of Default shall exist or would exist
immediately after giving effect to such proposed action. 

Section 5.20.  Subsidiary
Guaranties.

(a)           Domestic Subsidiary Guaranties.  Each Domestic Subsidiary (that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary)
created, acquired or held subsequent to the Closing Date, shall immediately
execute and deliver to Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a Guaranty of
Payment of all of the Obligations, such agreements to be in form and substance
acceptable to Agent, along with any such other supporting documentation,
corporate governance and authorization documents, and an opinion of counsel as
may be deemed necessary or advisable by Agent.

 52
 

(b)           Foreign Subsidiary Guaranties.  So long as there shall be no adverse tax
consequences, each Foreign Subsidiary (that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary)
that (i) is not a Credit Party and (ii) (A) the amount of the Non-Credit Party
Exposure with respect to such Foreign Subsidiary exceeds Twenty-Five Million
Dollars ($25,000,000) or (B) the amount of the Non-Credit Party Exposure with
respect to all such Foreign Subsidiaries exceeds Fifty Million Dollars
($50,000,000) at any time, shall execute and deliver to Agent, for the benefit
of the Lenders, a Guaranty of Payment of the Obligations of such Foreign
Borrower in an amount equal to no less than the amount of Non-Credit Party
Exposure (to the extent not prohibited by law) with respect to such Foreign
Subsidiary, and Administrative Borrower shall deliver to Agent such other
supporting documentation, corporate governance and authorization documents, and
an opinion of counsel as may be deemed necessary or advisable by Agent,
provided that, if the execution and delivery of such Guaranty of Payment under
the laws of such foreign jurisdiction is impractical or cost prohibitive, in
the opinion of Agent, after consultation with Administrative Borrower, then
Agent may forego such Guaranty of Payment in such foreign jurisdiction.

(c)           Joint Venture Subsidiary
Guaranties.  Anything in this Section
5.20 to the contrary notwithstanding, no Joint Venture Subsidiary shall be
required to execute a Guaranty of Payment, provided that (i) no Joint Venture
Subsidiary shall own, directly or indirectly, in full or in part, any other
Subsidiary; (ii) no Joint Venture Subsidiary may receive any advances or loans
unless permitted pursuant to Section 5.11(iv) or (v) hereof; (iii) no other
Company may make any investment in a Joint Venture Subsidiary unless permitted
pursuant to Section 5.11(iv) or (v) hereof; (iv) no Company shall guarantee any
Indebtedness of a Joint Venture Subsidiary unless permitted pursuant to Section
5.11(v) hereof; and (v) IHS shall provide written notice to Agent and the
Lenders of the creation of any Joint Venture Subsidiary.

Section 5.21.  Restrictive Agreements.  Except as set forth in this Agreement,
Borrowers shall not, and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become
effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to
(a) make, directly or indirectly, any Capital Distribution to any Borrower, (b)
make, directly or indirectly, loans or advances or capital contributions to any
Borrower or (c) transfer, directly or indirectly, any of the properties or
assets of such Subsidiary to any Borrower; except for such encumbrances or
restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) applicable law, (ii) customary
non-assignment provisions in leases or other agreements entered in the ordinary
course of business and consistent with past practices, or (iii) customary
restrictions in security agreements or mortgages securing Indebtedness or
Capitalized Lease Obligations, of a Company to the extent such restrictions
shall only restrict the transfer of the property subject to such security
agreement, mortgage or lease.

Section 5.22. 
Amendment of Organizational Documents.  No Company shall amend its Organizational
Documents, if it would have a Material Adverse Effect, without the prior
written consent of Agent.

Section
5.23.  Further Assurances.  Borrowers shall, promptly upon request by
Agent, correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in any Loan
Document or in the execution, filing or recordation thereof.

 53
 

ARTICLE VI.  REPRESENTATIONS AND
WARRANTIES

Section 6.1.  Corporate
Existence; Subsidiaries; Foreign Qualification.  Each Credit Party is duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of its state or jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization, and is duly qualified and authorized to do
business and is in good standing as a foreign entity in the jurisdictions set
forth opposite its name on Schedule 6.1 hereto, which are all of the
states or jurisdictions where the character of its property or its business
activities makes such qualification necessary, except where a failure to
qualify will not result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Schedule 6.1 hereto sets forth, as of
the Closing Date, each Subsidiary of a Borrower (and whether such Subsidiary is
an Immaterial Subsidiary) and each Person that is an owner of a Borrower’s
equity, its state of formation, its relationship to each Borrower, including
the percentage of each class of stock (or other equity interest) owned by a
Company or the percentage of stock or other equity interest of a Borrower owned
by it, the location of its chief executive office and its principal place of
business.  Except as set forth in Schedule
6.1, on the date hereof, each Borrower owns all of the equity interests of
each of its Subsidiaries.

Section 6.2.  Corporate
Authority.  Each Company has the
right and power and is duly authorized and empowered to enter into, execute and
deliver the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to perform and observe
the provisions of the Loan Documents. 
The Loan Documents to which each Company is a party have been duly
authorized and approved by such Company’s board of directors or other governing
body, as applicable, and are the valid and binding obligations of such Company,
enforceable against such Company in accordance with their respective
terms.  The execution, delivery and
performance of the Loan Documents do not conflict with, result in a breach in
any of the provisions of, constitute a default under, or result in the creation
of a Lien (other than Liens permitted under Section 5.9 hereof) upon any assets
or property of any Company under the provisions of, such Company’s
Organizational Documents or any material agreement.

Section 6.3.  Compliance
with Laws and Contracts.  Each
Company:

(a)           holds
all material permits, certificates, licenses, orders, registrations,
franchises, authorizations, and other approvals from any Governmental Authority
necessary for the conduct of its business and is in material compliance with
all applicable laws relating thereto;

(b)           is
in material compliance with all federal, state, local, or foreign applicable
statutes, rules, regulations, and orders including, without limitation, those
relating to environmental protection, occupational safety and health, and equal
employment practices; 

(c)           is
not in violation of or in default under any agreement to which it is a party or
by which its assets are subject or bound, except with respect to any violation
or default that would not have a Material Adverse Effect; 

(d)           has
ensured that no Person who owns a controlling interest in or otherwise controls
a Company is (i) listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked
Person List

 54
 

maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), Department
of the Treasury, or any other similar lists maintained by OFAC pursuant to any
authorizing statute, executive order or regulation, or (ii) a Person designated
under Section 1(b), (c) or (d) of Executive Order No. 13224 (September 23,
2001), any related enabling legislation or any other similar executive orders; 

(e)           is
in material compliance with all applicable Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) and
anti-money laundering laws and regulations; and 

(f)            is
in compliance, in all material  respects,
with the Patriot Act.

Section 6.4.  Litigation
and Administrative Proceedings. 
Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.4 hereto, there are (a) no
lawsuits, actions, investigations, or other proceedings pending or, to the
knowledge of Administrative Borrower, threatened against any Company, or in
respect of which any Company may have any liability, in any court or before any
Governmental Authority, arbitration board, or other tribunal, (b) no
orders, writs, injunctions, judgments, or decrees of any court or Governmental
Authority to which any Company is a party or by which the property or assets of
any Company are bound, and (c) no grievances, disputes, or controversies
outstanding with any union or other organization of the employees of any
Company, or threats of work stoppage, strike, or pending demands for collective
bargaining, that, as to (a) through (c) above, if violated or determined
adversely, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.5.  Title
to Assets.  Each Company has good
title to and ownership of substantially all property it purports to own, which
property is free and clear of all Liens, except those permitted under Section
5.9 hereof.  

Section 6.6.  Liens
and Security Interests.  On and after
the Closing Date, except for Liens permitted pursuant to Section 5.9 hereof,
(a) there is and will be no U.C.C. Financing Statement or similar notice of
Lien outstanding covering any personal property of any Company; (b) there is
and will be no mortgage outstanding covering any real property of any Company;
and (c) no real or personal property of any Company is subject to any Lien of
any kind.  No Company has entered into
any contract or agreement (other than a contract or agreement entered into in
connection with the purchase or lease of fixed assets that prohibits Liens on
such fixed assets or a contract or agreement entered into in the ordinary
course of business that does not permit Liens on, or collateral assignment of,
the property relating to such contract or agreement) that exists on or after
the Closing Date that would prohibit Agent or the Lenders from acquiring a Lien
on, or a collateral assignment of, any of the material property or assets of
any Company.

Section 6.7.  Tax
Returns.  All material federal,
state, provincial and local tax returns and other reports required by law to be
filed in respect of the income, business, properties and employees of each
Company have been filed (or extended as permitted by applicable law), and all
material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges that are due
and payable have been paid, except as otherwise permitted herein.  The provision for taxes on the books of each
Company is adequate for all years not closed by applicable statutes and for the
current fiscal year.

 55
 

Section 6.8.  Environmental
Laws.  Each Company is in material
compliance with all Environmental Laws, including, without limitation, all
Environmental Laws in all jurisdictions in which any Company owns or operates,
or has owned or operated, a facility or site, arranges or has arranged for
disposal or treatment of hazardous substances, solid waste or other wastes,
accepts or has accepted for transport any hazardous substances, solid waste or
other wastes or holds or has held any interest in real property or
otherwise.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.8
hereto, no material litigation or proceeding arising under, relating to or
in connection with any Environmental Law is pending or, to the best knowledge
of each Company, threatened, against any Company, any real property in which
any Company holds or has held an interest or any past or present operation of
any Company.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.8
hereto, no material release, threatened release or disposal of hazardous waste,
solid waste or other wastes is occurring, or has occurred (other than those
that are currently being remediated in accordance with Environmental Laws), on,
under or to any real property in which any Company holds any interest or
performs any of its operations, in violation of any Environmental Law. As used
in this Section 6.8, “litigation or proceeding” means any demand, claim,
notice, suit, suit in equity, action, administrative action, investigation or
inquiry whether brought by any Governmental Authority or private Person, or
otherwise.

Section 6.9.  Continued
Business.  There exists no actual,
pending, or, to each Borrower’s knowledge, any threatened termination,
cancellation or limitation of, or any modification or change in the business
relationship of any Company and any customer or supplier, or any group of
customers or suppliers of any Company, that would have a Material Adverse
Effect.

Section 6.10. 
Employee Benefits Plans.  Schedule
6.10 hereto identifies each ERISA Plan as of the Closing Date covering
employees of a Company.  No ERISA Event
has occurred or is expected to occur with respect to an ERISA Plan.  Full payment has been made of all amounts
that a Controlled Group member is required, under applicable law or under the
governing documents, to have paid as a contribution to or a benefit under each
ERISA Plan.  The liability of each
Controlled Group member with respect to each ERISA Plan has been funded to the
extent required by law, based upon reasonable and proper actuarial assumptions,
has been fully insured, or has been fully reserved for on its financial
statements.  With respect to each ERISA
Plan that is intended to be qualified under Code Section 401(a), (a) the ERISA
Plan and any associated trust operationally comply in all material respects
with the applicable requirements of Code Section 401(a); (b) the ERISA Plan and
any associated trust have been amended to comply with all such requirements as
currently in effect, other than those requirements for which a retroactive
amendment can be made within the “remedial

 56
 

amendment period” available under Code Section 401(b) (as extended
under Treasury Regulations and other Treasury pronouncements upon which
taxpayers may rely); (c) the ERISA Plan and any associated trust have received
a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service stating that
the ERISA Plan qualifies under Code Section 401(a), that the associated trust
qualifies under Code Section 501(a) and, if applicable, that any cash or
deferred arrangement under the ERISA Plan qualifies under Code Section 401(k),
unless the ERISA Plan was first adopted at a time for which the above-described
“remedial amendment period” has not yet expired; (d) the ERISA Plan currently
satisfies the requirements of Code Section 410(b), subject to any retroactive
amendment that may be made within the above-described “remedial amendment
period”; and (e) no contribution made to the ERISA Plan is subject to an excise
tax under Code Section 4972.  With
respect to any Pension Plan, the “accumulated benefit obligation” of Controlled
Group members with respect to the Pension Plan (as determined in accordance with
Statement of Accounting Standards No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions”)
does not, in any material way, exceed the fair market value of Pension Plan
assets.

Section 6.11. 
Consents or Approvals.  No
consent, approval or authorization of, or filing, registration or qualification
with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required to be obtained
or completed by any Company in connection with the execution, delivery or
performance of any of the Loan Documents, that has not already been obtained or
completed.

Section 6.12. 
Solvency.  

(a)           US
Borrowers.  Each US Borrower has
received consideration that is the reasonable equivalent value of the
obligations and liabilities that such Borrower has incurred to Agent and the
Lenders.  No US Borrower is insolvent as
defined in any applicable state, federal or relevant foreign statute, nor will
any US Borrower be rendered insolvent by the execution and delivery of the Loan
Documents to Agent and the Lenders.  No
US Borrower is engaged or about to engage in any business or transaction for
which the assets retained by it are or will be an unreasonably small amount of
capital, taking into consideration the obligations to Agent and the Lenders
incurred hereunder.  No US Borrower
intends to, nor does it believe that it will, incur debts beyond its ability to
pay such debts as they mature.

(b)           Foreign
Borrowers.  Each Foreign Borrower has
received consideration that is the reasonable equivalent value of the
obligations and liabilities that such Foreign Borrower has incurred to the
Lenders.  No Foreign Borrower is
insolvent as defined in any applicable state, federal or relevant foreign
statute, nor will such Foreign Borrower be rendered insolvent by the execution
and delivery of the Loan Documents to Agent and the Lenders.  No Foreign Borrower has liabilities,
including contingent liabilities, greater than its assets.  No Foreign Borrower intends to, nor does  it believe that it will, incur debts beyond
its ability to pay such debts as they mature.

Section 6.13. 
Financial Statements.  The
audited Consolidated financial statements of IHS for the fiscal year ended
November 30, 2006 and the unaudited Consolidated financial statements of
IHS for the fiscal quarter ended May 31, 2007 furnished to Agent and the
Lenders, are true and complete, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP
(except with respect to the absence of footnotes), and fairly present the
financial condition of the Companies included in the consolidation as of the
dates of such financial statements and the results of their operations for the
periods then ending.  Since the dates of
such statements, there has been no material adverse change in the financial
condition, properties or business of the Companies taken as a whole or, except
as described in such financial statements, any change in the accounting
procedures of the Companies.

Section 6.14. 
Regulations.  No Company is
engaged principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of
extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock”
(within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal

 57
 

Reserve System of the United States of America). Neither the granting
of any Loan (or any conversion thereof) or Letter of Credit nor the use of the
proceeds of any Loan or Letter of Credit will violate, or be inconsistent with,
the provisions of Regulation T, U or X or any other Regulation of such Board of
Governors.

Section 6.15. 
Material Agreements. 
Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.15 hereto, as of the Closing
Date, no Company is a party to any (a) debt instrument (excluding the Loan
Documents); (b) lease (capital, operating or otherwise), whether as lessee or
lessor thereunder; (c) contract, commitment, agreement, or other arrangement
involving the purchase or sale of any inventory by it, or the license of any
right to or by it; (d) contract, commitment, agreement, or other arrangement
with any of its “Affiliates” (as such term is defined in the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) other than a Company; (e) management or
employment contract or contract for personal services with any of its
Affiliates that is not otherwise terminable at will or on less than ninety (90)
days’ notice without liability; (f) collective bargaining agreement; or (g)
other contract, agreement, understanding, or arrangement with a third party
that, as to subsections (a) through (g), above, if violated, breached, or
terminated for any reason, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.16. 
Intellectual Property. 
Each Company owns or has the right to use all of the material patents,
patent applications, industrial designs, designs, trademarks, service marks, copyrights and
licenses, and rights with respect to the foregoing, necessary for the conduct
of its business without any known conflict with the rights of others.

Section 6.17. 
Insurance.  Each Company
maintains with financially sound and reputable insurers insurance with coverage
and limits as required by law and as is customary with Persons engaged in the same
businesses as the Companies.  Schedule
6.17 hereto sets forth all insurance carried by the Companies on the
Closing Date, setting forth in detail the amount and type of such insurance.

Section 6.18. 
Accurate and Complete Statements. 
Neither the Loan Documents nor any written statement made by any Company
in connection with any of the Loan Documents contains any untrue statement of a
material fact or omits a material fact necessary to make the statements
contained therein or in the Loan Documents not misleading.  After due inquiry by Borrowers, there is no
known fact that any Company has not disclosed to Agent and the Lenders that has
or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.19.  Investment
Company.  No Company is an “investment
company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the
meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Section 6.20. 
Defaults.  No Default or
Event of Default exists hereunder, nor will any begin to exist immediately
after the execution and delivery hereof.

 58
 

ARTICLE VII.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Each of the following shall constitute an Event of
Default hereunder:

Section 7.1.  Payments.  If (a) the interest on any Loan, any
commitment or other fee, or any other Obligation not listed in subpart (b)
hereof, shall not be paid in full when due and payable or within five days
thereafter, or (b) the principal of any Loan or any obligation under any Letter
of Credit shall not be paid in full when due and payable.

Section 7.2.  Special
Covenants.  If any Company shall fail
or omit to perform and observe Section 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 5.11, 5.12, 5.13, 5.19 or
5.20 hereof.

Section 7.3.  Other
Covenants.  If any Company shall fail
or omit to perform and observe any agreement or other provision (other than those
referred to in Section 7.1 or 7.2 hereof) contained or referred to in this
Agreement or any Related Writing that is on such Company’s part to be complied
with, and that Default shall not have been fully corrected within twenty (20)
days after the earlier of (a) the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of IHS
becomes aware of the occurrence thereof, or (b) the giving of written notice
thereof to Administrative Borrower by Agent or the Required Lenders that the
specified Default is to be remedied.

Section 7.4.  Representations
and Warranties.  If any
representation or warranty made in or pursuant to this Agreement or any Related
Writing furnished by any Company to the Lenders or any thereof or any other
holder of any Note, shall be false or erroneous in any material respect when
made.

Section 7.5.  Cross
Default.  If any Company shall
default in the payment of principal or interest due and owing upon any other
obligation for borrowed money in excess of the aggregate, for all such
obligations of all such Companies, of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), beyond
any period of grace provided with respect thereto or in the performance or
observance of any other agreement, term or condition contained in any agreement
under which such obligation is created, if the effect of such default is to
allow the acceleration of the maturity of such Indebtedness or to permit the
holder thereof to cause such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated
maturity.

Section 7.6.  ERISA
Default.  The occurrence of one or
more ERISA Events that (a) could have a Material Adverse Effect, or (b) results
in a Lien on any of the assets of any Company.

Section 7.7.  Change
in Control.  If any Change in Control
shall occur.

Section 7.8.  Money
Judgment.  A final judgment or order
for the payment of money shall be rendered against any Company by a court of
competent jurisdiction, that remains unpaid or unstayed and undischarged for a
period (during which execution shall not be effectively stayed) of thirty (30)
days after the date on which the right to appeal has expired , provided that
the aggregate of all such judgments, for all such Companies, shall exceed Five
Million Dollars ($5,000,000) (less any amount that will be covered by the
proceeds of insurance and is not subject to dispute by the insurance provider).

 59
 

Section 7.9.  Material
Adverse Change.  There shall have
occurred any condition or event that has or is reasonably likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.10. 
Validity of Loan Documents. 
(a) Any material provision of any Loan Document shall at any time for
any reason cease to be valid, binding and enforceable against any Credit Party;
(b) the validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Loan Document against
any Credit Party shall be contested by any Credit Party; (c) any Credit Party
shall deny that it has any or further liability or obligation under any
Loan Document; or (d) any Loan
Document shall be terminated, invalidated or set aside, or be declared
ineffective or inoperative or in any material way cease to give or provide to
Agent and the Lenders the benefits purported to be created thereby.  

Section
7.11.  Solvency of Certain Companies.  If any Company (other than an Immaterial
Subsidiary or a Credit Party) with assets of less than Five Million Dollars
($5,000,000) shall engage in or permit to occur (whether voluntarily or
involuntarily) any of the activities set forth in Section 7.12 hereof.

Section 7.12. 
Solvency.  If any
Credit Party or any other Company with assets over Five Million Dollars
($5,000,000) shall (a) generally
not pay its debts as such debts become due, (b) make a general assignment for
the benefit of creditors, (c) apply for or consent to the appointment of an
interim receiver, a receiver and manager, an administrator, sequestrator,
monitor, a custodian, a trustee, an interim trustee or liquidator of all or a
substantial part of its assets or of such Company, (d) be adjudicated a debtor
or insolvent or have entered against it an order for relief under Title 11 of
the United States Code, or under any other bankruptcy insolvency, liquidation,
winding-up, corporate or similar statute or law, foreign, federal, state or
provincial, in any applicable jurisdiction, now or hereafter existing, as any
of the foregoing may be amended from time to time, or other applicable statute
for jurisdictions outside of the United States, as the case may be, (e) file a
voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or file a proposal or notice of intention to
file a proposal or have an involuntary proceeding filed against it and the same
shall continue undismissed for a period of sixty (60) days from commencement of
such proceeding or case, or file a petition or an answer or an application or a
proposal seeking reorganization or an arrangement with creditors or seeking to
take advantage of any other law (whether federal, provincial or state, or, if
applicable, other jurisdiction) relating to relief of debtors, or admit (by
answer, by default or otherwise) the material allegations of a petition filed
against it in any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or other proceeding
(whether federal, provincial or state, or, if applicable, other jurisdiction)
relating to relief of debtors, (f) suffer or permit to continue unstayed and in
effect for thirty (30) consecutive days any judgment, decree or order entered
by a court of competent jurisdiction, that approves a petition or an
application or a proposal seeking its reorganization or appoints an interim
receiver, a receiver and manager, an administrator, custodian, trustee, interim
trustee or liquidator of all or a substantial part of its assets, or of such
Company, (g) have an administrative receiver appointed over the whole or
substantially the whole of its assets, or (h) have a moratorium declared in
respect of any of its Indebtedness, or any analogous procedure or step is taken
in any jurisdiction; provided that, if, under the laws of a jurisdiction other
than the United States (or a state thereof), a Company is in violation of
subparts (c), (f) or (g) of this Section 7.12 (and is not in violation of any
other

 60
 

subpart of this Section 7.12), and such violation is solely as a result
of a liquidation of such Company that is otherwise permitted pursuant to this
Agreement, then such violation shall not constitute an Event of Default.  

ARTICLE VIII.  REMEDIES UPON
DEFAULT

Notwithstanding any contrary provision or inference
herein or elsewhere:

Section 8.1.  Optional
Defaults.  If any Event of Default
referred to in Section 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.10 or
7.11 hereof shall occur, Agent may, with the consent of the Required Lenders,
and shall, at the written request of the Required Lenders, give written notice
to Borrowers to:

(a)           terminate
the Commitment, if not previously terminated, and, immediately upon such
election, the obligations of the Lenders, and each thereof, to make any further
Loan and the obligation of the Fronting Lender to issue any Letter of Credit
immediately shall be terminated; and/or

(b)           accelerate
the maturity of all of the Obligations (if the Obligations are not already due
and payable), whereupon all of the Obligations shall become and thereafter be
immediately due and payable in full without any presentment or demand and
without any further or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived
by each Borrower.

Section 8.2.  Automatic
Defaults.  If any Event of Default
referred to in Section 7.12 hereof shall occur:

(a)           all
of the Commitment shall automatically and immediately terminate, if not
previously terminated, and no Lender thereafter shall be under any obligation
to grant any further Loan, nor shall the Fronting Lender be obligated to issue
any Letter of Credit; and

(b)           the
principal of and interest then outstanding on all of the Loans, and all of the
other Obligations, shall thereupon become and thereafter be immediately due and
payable in full (if the Obligations are not already due and payable), all
without any presentment, demand or notice of any kind, which are hereby waived
by each Borrower.

Section 8.3.  Letters
of Credit.  If the maturity of the Obligations shall be accelerated pursuant to Section 8.1
or 8.2 hereof, US Borrowers shall immediately deposit with Agent, as security
for the obligations of US Borrowers and any Domestic Guarantor of Payment to
reimburse Agent and the Lenders for any then outstanding Letters of Credit,
cash equal to the sum of the aggregate undrawn balance of any then outstanding
Letters of Credit.  Agent and the Lenders
are hereby authorized, at their option, to deduct any and all such amounts from
any deposit balances then owing by any Lender (or any affiliate of such Lender,
wherever located) to or for the credit or account of any US Borrower or
Domestic Guarantor of Payment, as security for the obligations of US Borrowers
and any Domestic Guarantor of Payment to reimburse Agent and the Lenders for
any then outstanding Letters of Credit.

 61
 

Section 8.4.  Offsets.  If there shall occur or exist any Event of
Default referred to in Section 7.12 hereof or if the maturity of the Obligations is accelerated pursuant to Section 8.1 or
8.2 hereof, each Lender shall have the right at any time to set off against,
and to appropriate and apply toward the payment of, any and all of the
Obligations then owing by a Borrower or Guarantor of Payment to such Lender
(including, without limitation, any participation purchased or to be purchased
pursuant to Section 2.2(b), 2.2(c) or 8.5 hereof), whether or not the same
shall then have matured, any and all deposit (general or special) balances and
all other indebtedness then held or owing by such Lender (including, without
limitation, by branches and agencies or any affiliate of such Lender, wherever
located) to or for the credit or account of such Borrower or Guarantor of
Payment, all without notice to or demand upon such Borrower or any other
Person, all such notices and demands being hereby expressly waived by each
Borrower.

Section 8.5.  Equalization
Provision.  Each Lender agrees with
the other Lenders that if it, at any time, shall obtain any Advantage over the
other Lenders or any thereof in respect of the Obligations (except as to Swing
Loans and Letters of Credit prior to Agent’s giving of notice to participate
and except under Article III hereof), it shall purchase from the other Lenders,
for cash and at par, such additional participation in the Obligations as shall
be necessary to nullify the Advantage. 
If any such Advantage resulting in the purchase of an additional
participation as aforesaid shall be recovered in whole or in part from the
Lender receiving the Advantage, each such purchase shall be rescinded, and the
purchase price restored (but without interest unless the Lender receiving the
Advantage is required to pay interest on the Advantage to the Person recovering
the Advantage from such Lender) ratably to the extent of the recovery.  Each Lender further agrees with the other
Lenders that if it at any time shall receive any payment for or on behalf of
any Borrower on any Indebtedness owing by any Borrower pursuant to this
Agreement (whether by voluntary payment, by realization upon security, by
reason of offset of any deposit or other indebtedness, by counterclaim or
cross-action, by the enforcement of any right under any Loan Document, or
otherwise) it will apply such payment first to any and all Obligations owing by
such Borrower to that Lender (including, without limitation, any participation
purchased or to be purchased pursuant to this Section 8.5 or any other Section
of this Agreement).  Each Credit Party
agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from the other Lenders or
any thereof pursuant to this Section 8.5 may exercise all of its rights of
payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such
participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Credit
Party in the amount of such participation.

Section 8.6.  Other
Remedies.  The remedies in this
Article VIII are in addition to, not in limitation of, any other right, power,
privilege, or remedy, either in law, in equity, or otherwise, to which the
Lenders may be entitled.  Agent shall
exercise the rights under this Article VIII and all other collection efforts on
behalf of the Lenders and no Lender shall act independently with respect
thereto, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement.

 62

ARTICLE IX

GUARANTY

Section
9.1.  The Guaranty.  US Borrowers hereby, jointly and severally,
guarantee to Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, the prompt payment in full
when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the
principal of and interest on the Loans made by the Lenders to any Foreign
Borrower and all other amounts from time to time owing to Agent or the Lenders
by any Foreign Borrower under this Agreement and any other Loan Document (such
obligations being herein collectively referred to as the “Guaranteed
Obligations”).  US Borrowers hereby
further agree that, if any Foreign Borrower shall fail to pay in full when due
(whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the
Guaranteed Obligations, US Borrowers will promptly pay the same, without any
demand or notice whatsoever, and that, in the case of any extension of time of
payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be
promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration
or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

Section
9.2.  Obligations Unconditional.  The obligations of US Borrowers under Section
9.1 above are absolute and unconditional, irrespective of the value, genuineness,
validity, regularity or enforceability of the obligations of any Foreign
Borrower under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to
herein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guaranty of or
security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever
that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a
surety or guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 9.2 that the
obligations of US Borrowers hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under
any and all circumstances.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of
any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of US
Borrowers hereunder, which shall remain absolute and unconditional as described
above:

(a)           at
any time or from time to time, without notice to any US Borrower, the time for
any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall
be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(b)           any
of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other
agreement or instrument referred to herein shall be done or omitted;

(c)           the
maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of
the Guaranteed Obligations shall be modified, supplemented or amended in any
respect, or any right under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument
referred to herein shall be waived, or any other guaranty of any of the
Guaranteed Obligations, or any security therefor, shall be released or
exchanged in whole or in part, or otherwise dealt with; 

(d)           any
lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, Agent, for the benefit of
the Lenders, as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be
perfected; or

 63
 

(e)           any law or regulation of any
jurisdiction or any event affecting any term of the Guaranteed
Obligations.  

Each US Borrower
hereby expressly waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and
all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that Agent or any Lender exhaust
any right, power or remedy or proceed against any Foreign Borrower under this
Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein, or against
any other Person under any other guaranty of, or security for, any of the
Guaranteed Obligations.

Section
9.3.  Reinstatement.  The obligations of each US Borrower under
this Article shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that, for
any reason, any payment by or on behalf of any Foreign Borrower in respect of
the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any
holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any
proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, and each US Borrower
agrees that it will indemnify Agent and each Lender on demand for all
reasonable costs and expenses (including fees of counsel) incurred by Agent or
such Lender in connection with such rescission or restoration, including any
such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that
such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment
under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

Section
9.4.  Subrogation.  Each US Borrower hereby agrees that, until
the payment and satisfaction in full of all Guaranteed Obligations and the
expiration and termination of the Commitment, it shall not exercise any right
or remedy arising by reason of any performance by it of its guaranty in Section
9.1 hereof, whether by subrogation or otherwise, against any Foreign Borrower
or any guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any security for any
of the Guaranteed Obligations.

Section
9.5.  Remedies.  Each US Borrower agrees that the obligations
of any Foreign Borrower under this Agreement may be declared to be forthwith
due and payable as provided in Article VIII hereof (and shall be deemed to have
become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Article
VIII hereof) for purposes of Section 9.1 hereof, notwithstanding any stay,
injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such
obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against such Foreign
Borrower, and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being
deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether
or not due and payable by such Foreign Borrower) shall forthwith become due and
payable by US Borrowers for purposes of Section 9.1 hereof.

Section
9.6.  Instrument for the Payment of
Money.  US Borrowers hereby
acknowledge that the guaranty in this Article IX constitutes an instrument
for the payment of money only.

Section
9.7.  Continuing Guaranty.  The guaranty in this Article IX is a
continuing guaranty, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever
arising.

 64
 

Section
9.8.  Payments.  All payments by US Borrowers under this
Article IX shall be made in the same currency as originally owed by the
applicable Foreign Borrowers, and free and clear of any Taxes.

ARTICLE X.  THE AGENT

The Lenders authorize KeyBank and KeyBank hereby
agrees to act as agent for the Lenders in respect of this Agreement upon the
terms and conditions set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, and upon the
following terms and conditions:

Section 10.1. 
Appointment and Authorization. 
Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes Agent to take
such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers hereunder as are
delegated to Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are
reasonably incidental thereto.  Neither
Agent nor any of its affiliates, directors, officers, attorneys or employees
shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them
hereunder or in connection herewith, except for its or their own gross
negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction), or be responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for the
effectiveness, enforceability, genuineness, validity or due execution of this
Agreement or any other Loan Documents, (b) be under any obligation to any
Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of
the terms, covenants or conditions hereof or thereof on the part of Borrowers
or any other Company, or the financial condition of Borrowers or any other
Company, or (c) be liable to any of the Companies for consequential damages
resulting from any breach of contract, tort or other wrong in connection with
the negotiation, documentation, administration or collection of the Loans or
Letters of Credit or any of the Loan Documents. 
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this
Agreement or in any other Loan Document, Agent shall not have any duty or
responsibility except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall Agent have or
be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant,
and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or
liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or
otherwise exist against Agent.   Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent”
herein and in other Loan Documents with reference to Agent is not intended to
connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under
agency doctrine of any applicable law. 
Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is
intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between
independent contracting parties.

Section 10.2. 
Note Holders.  Agent may
treat the payee of any Note as the holder thereof (or, if there is no Note, the
holder of the interest as reflected on the books and records of Agent) until
written notice of transfer shall have been filed with Agent, signed by such
payee and in form satisfactory to Agent.

Section 10.3. 
Consultation With Counsel. 
Agent may consult with legal counsel selected by Agent and shall not be
liable for any action taken or suffered in good faith by Agent in accordance
with the opinion of such counsel.

 65
 

Section 10.4. 
Documents.  Agent shall not
be under any duty to examine into or pass upon the validity, effectiveness,
genuineness or value of any Loan Document or any other Related Writing
furnished pursuant hereto or in connection herewith or the value of any
collateral obtained hereunder, and Agent shall be entitled to assume that the
same are valid, effective and genuine and what they purport to be.

Section 10.5.  Agent and Affiliates.  KeyBank and its affiliates may make loans to,
issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire
equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust,
financial advisory, underwriting or other business with the Companies and
Affiliates as though KeyBank were not Agent hereunder and without notice to or
consent of any Lender.  Each Lender
acknowledges that, pursuant to such activities, KeyBank or its affiliates may
receive information regarding any Company or any Affiliate (including
information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such
Company or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that Agent shall be under no
obligation to provide such information to other Lenders.  With respect to Loans and Letters of Credit
(if any), KeyBank and its affiliates shall have the same rights and powers
under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though
KeyBank were not Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include KeyBank
and its affiliates, to the extent applicable, in their individual
capacities.  

Section 10.6. 
Knowledge of Default. 
Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence
of any Default or Event of Default unless Agent has received notice from a
Lender or a Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or
Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”.  In the event that Agent receives such a
notice, Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders.  Agent shall take such action with respect to
such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the
Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders); provided
that, unless and until Agent shall have received such directions, Agent may
(but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such
action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem
advisable, in its discretion, for the protection of the interests of the holders
of the Obligations.

Section 10.7. 
Action by Agent.  Subject
to the other terms and conditions hereof, so long as Agent shall be entitled,
pursuant to Section 10.6 hereof, to assume that no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, Agent shall be entitled to use its
discretion with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any rights
that may be vested in it by, or with respect to taking or refraining from
taking any action or actions that it may be able to take under or in respect
of, this Agreement. Agent shall incur no liability under or in respect of this
Agreement by acting upon any notice, certificate, warranty or other paper or
instrument believed by it to be genuine or authentic or to be signed by the
proper party or parties, or with respect to anything that it may do or refrain
from doing in the reasonable exercise of its judgment, or that may seem to it
to be necessary or desirable in the premises. 
Without limiting the foregoing, no Lender shall have any right of action
whatsoever against Agent as a result of Agent’s acting or refraining from
acting hereunder in accordance with the instructions of the Required Lenders.

Section 10.8. 
Notice of Default.  In the
event that Agent shall have acquired actual knowledge of any Default or Event
of Default, Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and shall take such action
and assert such rights under this Agreement as the Required Lenders shall
direct

 66
 

and Agent shall inform the other Lenders in writing of the action taken.  Agent may take such action and assert such
rights as it deems to be advisable, in its discretion, for the protection of
the interests of the holders of the Obligations.

Section 10.9. 
Delegation of Duties. 
Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other
Loan Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys in fact and shall be
entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all
matters pertaining to such duties.  Agent
shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or
attorney in fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful
misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

Section 10.10. 
Release of Guarantor of Payment. 
In the event of a transfer of assets permitted by Section 5.12 hereof
(or otherwise permitted pursuant to this Agreement), Agent, at the request and
expense of Borrower, is hereby authorized by the Lenders to release a Guarantor
of Payment in connection with such permitted transfer.

Section 10.11. 
Indemnification of Agent. 
The Lenders agree to indemnify Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by
Borrowers) ratably, according to their respective Commitment Percentages, from
and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties,
actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and
expenses) or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed
on, incurred by or asserted against Agent in its capacity as agent in any way
relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any Loan Document or any action
taken or omitted by Agent with respect to this Agreement or any Loan Document,
provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs,
expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) or disbursements resulting
from Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of
competent jurisdiction, or from any action taken or omitted by Agent in any
capacity other than as agent under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document.  No action taken in accordance
with the directions of the Required Lenders shall be deemed to constitute gross
negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 10.11.  The undertaking in this Section 10.11 shall
survive repayment of the Loans, cancellation of the Notes, if any, expiration
or termination of the Letters of Credit, termination of the Commitment, any
foreclosure under, or modification, release or discharge of, any or all of the
Loan Documents, termination of this Agreement and the resignation or
replacement of the agent.

Section 10.12. 
Successor Agent.  Agent may
resign as agent hereunder by giving not fewer than thirty (30) days prior
written notice to Administrative Borrower and the Lenders.  If Agent shall resign under this Agreement,
then either (a) the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a
successor agent for the Lenders (with the consent of Administrative Borrower so
long as an Event of Default has not occurred and which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld), or (b) if a successor agent shall not be so appointed
and approved within the thirty (30) day period following Agent’s notice to the
Lenders of its resignation, then Agent shall appoint a successor agent that
shall serve as agent until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a
successor agent.  If no successor agent
has accepted appointment as Agent by the date that is thirty (30) days following
a retiring Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Agent’s resignation
shall nevertheless thereupon become effective, and the Lenders shall assume and

 67
 

perform all of the duties of Agent hereunder until such time, if any,
as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.  Upon its appointment, such successor agent
shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties as agent, and the term “Agent”
means such successor effective upon its appointment, and the former agent’s
rights, powers and duties as agent shall be terminated without any other or
further act or deed on the part of such former agent or any of the parties to
this Agreement.  After any retiring Agent’s
resignation as Agent, the provisions of this Article IX shall inure to its
benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Section 10.13. 
Fronting Lender.  The
Fronting Lender shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters
of Credit issued by the Fronting Lender and the documents associated
therewith.  The Fronting Lender shall
have all of the benefits and immunities (a) provided to Agent in Article IX
hereof with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Fronting
Lender in connection with the Letters of Credit and the applications and
agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully
as if the term “Agent”, as used in Article IX hereof, included the Fronting
Lender with respect to such acts or omissions, and (b) as additionally provided
in this Agreement with respect to the Fronting Lender.

Section 10.14. 
Swing Line Lender.  The
Swing Line Lender shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Swing
Loans.  The Swing Line Lender shall have
all of the benefits and immunities (a) provided to Agent in Article IX hereof
with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Swing Line Lender
in connection with the Swing Loans as fully as if the term “Agent”, as used in
Article IX hereof, included the Swing Line Lender with respect to such acts or
omissions, and (b) as additionally provided in this Agreement with respect to
the Swing Line Lender.

Section 10.15. 
Agent May File Proofs of Claim. 
In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation,
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other
judicial proceeding relative to any Credit Party, (a) Agent (irrespective of
whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein
expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether Agent
shall have made any demand on any Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by
intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to (i) file and prove a claim for
the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of
the Loans, and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such
other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of
the Lenders and Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and Agent and their
respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and Agent)
allowed in such judicial proceedings, and (ii) collect and receive any monies
or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute
the same; and (b) any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator,
sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is
hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to Agent and, in the
event that Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the
Lenders, to pay to Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of Agent and its agents and counsel, and
any other amounts due Agent.  Nothing
contained herein shall be deemed to authorize Agent to authorize or consent to
or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment

 68
 

or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or
to authorize Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such
proceeding.

Section 10.16. 
No Reliance on Agent’s Customer Identification Program.  Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that
neither such Lender, nor any of its affiliates, participants or assignees, may
rely on Agent to carry out such Lender’s or its affiliate’s, participant’s or
asignee’s customer identification program, or other obligations required or
imposed under or pursuant to the Patriot Act or the regulations thereunder,
including the regulations contained in 31 CFR 103.121 (as hereafter amended or
replaced, the “CIP Regulations”), or any other anti-terrorism law,
including any programs involving any of the following items relating to or in
connection with Borrowers, their respective Affiliates or agents, the Loan
Documents or the transactions hereunder: 
(a) any identity verification procedures, (b) any record keeping, (c)
any comparisons with government lists, (d) any customer notices or (e) any
other procedures required under the CIP Regulations or such other laws.

Section 10.17. 
Other Agents.  Agent shall
have the continuing right from time to time to designate one or more Lenders
(or its or their affiliates as “syndication agent”, “documentation agent”, “book
runner”, “lead arranger”, “arrangers”, or other designations for purposes
hereof, but (a) any such designation shall have no substantive effect, and (b)
any such Lender and its affiliates shall have no additional powers, duties or
responsibilities as a result thereof.

ARTICLE XI.  MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1. 
Lenders’ Independent Investigation.  Each Lender, by its signature to this
Agreement, acknowledges and agrees that Agent has made no representation or
warranty, express or implied, with respect to the creditworthiness, financial
condition, or any other condition of any Company or with respect to the
statements contained in any information memorandum furnished in connection
herewith or in any other oral or written communication between Agent and such
Lender.  Each Lender represents that it
has made and shall continue to make its own independent investigation of the
creditworthiness, financial condition and affairs of the Companies in
connection with the extension of credit hereunder, and agrees that Agent has no
duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide
any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto (other
than such notices as may be expressly required to be given by Agent to the
Lenders hereunder), whether coming into its possession before the first Credit
Event hereunder or at any time or times thereafter.  Each Lender further represents that it has
reviewed each of the Loan Documents.

Section 11.2. 
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. 
No omission or course of dealing on the part of Agent, any Lender or the
holder of any Note (or, if there is no Note, the holder of the interest as
reflected on the books and records of Agent) in exercising any right, power or
remedy hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver
thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or
remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right, power or remedy hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents. The
remedies herein provided are cumulative and in addition to any other

 69
 

rights, powers or privileges held under any Loan Documents or by
operation of law, by contract or otherwise.

Section 11.3. 
Amendments, Waivers and Consents. 
No amendment, modification, termination, or waiver of any provision of
any Loan Document nor consent to any variance therefrom, shall be effective
unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders and then
such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for
the specific purpose for which given. 
Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, unanimous consent of
the Lenders shall be required with respect to (a) any increase in the
Commitment hereunder (except as specified in Section 2.9(b) hereof), (b) the
extension of (i) the maturity of the Loans, (ii) the payment date of interest
or any scheduled principal payment, or (iii) the date of payment of commitment
or fees payable hereunder, (c) any reduction in the rate of interest on
the Loans (provided that the institution of the Default Rate and a
subsequent removal of the Default Rate shall not constitute a decrease in
interest rate pursuant to this Section 11.3), or in any amount of interest or scheduled principal due on any Loan,
or the payment of commitment fees hereunder; (d) any change in the manner of
pro rata application of any payments made by Borrowers to the Lenders
hereunder, (e) any change in any percentage voting requirement, voting
rights, or the Required Lenders definition in this Agreement, (f) the release
of any Borrower or Guarantor of Payment, except as specifically permitted
hereunder, or (g) any amendment to this Section 11.3 or Section 8.5 hereof.  Notice of amendments or consents ratified by
Lenders hereunder shall be forwarded by Agent to all of the Lenders.  Each Lender or other holder of a Note (or
interest in any Loan) shall be bound by any amendment, waiver or consent
obtained as authorized by this Section 11.3, regardless of its failure to agree
thereto.

Section 11.4. 
Notices.  All notices,
requests, demands and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in
writing and, if to a Borrower, mailed or delivered to it, addressed to it at the
address specified on the signature pages of this Agreement (including a
courtesy notice to Stephen Green, Esq., mailed or delivered to him, addressed
to him at 1350 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 840, New York, New
York 10019, provided that a failure to give such courtesy notice shall
have no legal effect hereunder), if to a Lender, mailed or delivered to it,
addressed to the address of such Lender specified on the signature pages of
this Agreement, or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be
designated by such party in a written notice to each of the other parties.  All notices, statements, requests, demands
and other communications provided for hereunder shall be given by overnight
delivery or first class mail with postage prepaid by registered or certified
mail, addressed as aforesaid, or sent by facsimile with telephonic confirmation
of receipt (and confirmation copy by mail or overnight delivery), except that
all notices hereunder shall not be effective until received.

Section 11.5. 
Costs, Expenses and Taxes. 
US Borrowers agree to pay on demand all costs and expenses of Agent,
including but not limited to (a) reasonable syndication, administration,
travel and out-of-pocket expenses, including but not limited to
attorneys’ fees and expenses, of Agent in connection with the preparation,
negotiation and closing of the Loan Documents and the administration of the
Loan Documents, the collection and disbursement of all funds hereunder and the
other instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder, (b) extraordinary
expenses of Agent in connection with the administration of the Loan Documents
and the other instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder, and (c) the
reasonable fees

 70
 

and out-of-pocket expenses of special counsel for Agent, with
respect to the foregoing, and of local counsel, if any, who may be retained by
said special counsel with respect thereto. 
US Borrowers also agree to pay on demand all costs and expenses of Agent
and the Lenders, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, in
connection with the restructuring or enforcement of the Obligations, this
Agreement or any Related Writing.  In
addition, US Borrowers and any other appropriate Borrower shall pay any and all
stamp, transfer, documentary
and other taxes, assessments, charges and fees payable or determined to be
payable in connection with the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents,
and the other instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder, and agree to
hold Agent and each Lender harmless from and against any and all liabilities
with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or failure to pay such
taxes or fees.  All obligations provided
for in this Section 11.5 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

Section 11.6. 
Indemnification.  Each US
Borrower, and each Foreign Borrower to the extent relating to the Loans and
other credit extensions to such Foreign Borrower, agrees to defend, indemnify
and hold harmless Agent and the Lenders (and their respective affiliates,
officers, directors, attorneys, agents and 
employees) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses
(including reasonable attorneys’ fees) or disbursements of any kind or nature
whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against Agent or any
Lender in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial
proceeding (whether or not such Lender or Agent shall be designated a party
thereto) or any other claim by any Person relating to or arising out of any
Loan Document or any actual or proposed use of proceeds of the Loans or any of
the Obligations, or any activities of any Company or its Affiliates; provided
that no Lender nor Agent shall have the right to be indemnified under this
Section 11.6 for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined
by a court of competent jurisdiction. 
All obligations provided for in this Section 11.6 shall survive any
termination of this Agreement.

Section 11.7. 
Obligations Several; No Fiduciary Obligations.  The obligations of the Lenders hereunder are
several and not joint. Nothing contained in this Agreement and no action taken
by Agent or the Lenders pursuant hereto shall be deemed to constitute Agent or
the Lenders a partnership, association, joint venture or other entity. No
default by any Lender hereunder shall excuse the other Lenders from any
obligation under this Agreement; but no Lender shall have or acquire any
additional obligation of any kind by reason of such default.  The relationship between Borrowers and the
Lenders with respect to the Loan Documents and the Related Writings is and
shall be solely that of debtors and creditors, respectively, and neither Agent
nor any Lender shall have any fiduciary obligation toward any Credit Party with
respect to any such documents or the transactions contemplated thereby.

Section 11.8. 
Execution in Counterparts. 
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by
different parties hereto in separate counterparts and by facsimile signature,
each of which counterparts when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be
an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the
same agreement.

Section 11.9. 
Binding Effect; Borrowers’ Assignment.  This Agreement shall become effective when it
shall have been executed by each Borrower, Agent and each Lender and

 71
 

thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each
Borrower, Agent and each of the Lenders and their respective successors and
assigns, except that no Borrower shall have the right to assign its rights
hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of Agent and
all of the Lenders.

Section 11.10. 
Lender Assignments.

(a)           Assignments
of Commitments.  Each Lender shall
have the right at any time or times to assign to an Eligible Transferee (other
than to a Lender that shall not be in compliance with this Agreement), without
recourse, all or a percentage of all of the following: (i) such Lender’s
Commitment, (ii) all Loans made by that Lender, (iii) such Lender’s
Notes, and (iv) such Lender’s interest in any Letter of Credit or Swing
Loan, and any participation purchased pursuant to Section 2.2(b) or (c) or 8.5
hereof.

(b)           Prior
Consent.  No assignment may be consummated
pursuant to this Section 11.10 without the prior written consent of
Administrative Borrower and Agent (other than an assignment by any Lender to
any affiliate of such Lender which affiliate is an Eligible Transferee and
either wholly-owned by a Lender or is wholly-owned by a Person that wholly
owns, either directly or indirectly, such Lender, or to another Lender), which
consent of Administrative Borrower and Agent shall not be unreasonably
withheld; provided that the consent of Administrative Borrower shall not be
required if, at the time of the proposed assignment, any Default or Event of
Default shall then exist.  Anything
herein to the contrary notwithstanding, any Lender may at any time make a
collateral assignment of all or any portion of its rights under the Loan
Documents to a Federal Reserve Bank, and no such assignment shall release such
assigning Lender from its obligations hereunder.

(c)           Minimum
Amount.  Each such assignment shall
be in a minimum amount of the lesser of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) of
the assignor’s Commitment and interest herein, or the entire amount of the
assignor’s Commitment and interest herein.

(d)           Assignment
Fee.  Unless the assignment shall be
to an affiliate of the assignor or the assignment shall be due to merger of the
assignor or for regulatory purposes, either the assignor or the assignee shall
remit to Agent, for its own account, an administrative fee of Three Thousand
Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500).

(e)           Assignment
Agreement.  Unless the assignment
shall be due to merger of the assignor or a collateral assignment for
regulatory purposes, the assignor shall (i) cause the assignee to execute and
deliver to Administrative Borrower and Agent an Assignment Agreement, and (ii)
execute and deliver, or cause the assignee to execute and deliver, as the case
may be, to Agent such additional amendments, assurances and other writings as
Agent may reasonably require.

(f)            Non-U.S.
Assignee.  If the assignment is to be
made to an assignee that is organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other
than the United States or any state thereof, the assignor Lender shall cause
such assignee, at least five Business Days prior to the effective date of such
assignment, (i) to represent to the assignor Lender (for the benefit of the
assignor Lender,

 72
 

Agent and Borrowers) that under applicable law and treaties no taxes
will be required to be withheld by Agent, Borrowers or the assignor with
respect to any payments to be made to such assignee in respect of the Loans
hereunder, (ii) to furnish to the assignor Lender (and, in the case of any
assignee registered in the Register (as defined below), Agent and Borrowers)
either U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or U.S. Internal Revenue
Service Form W-8BEN, as applicable (wherein such assignee claims
entitlement to complete exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax on all
payments hereunder), and (iii) to agree (for the benefit of the assignor, Agent
and Borrowers) to provide to the assignor Lender (and, in the case of any
assignee registered in the Register, to Agent and Borrowers) a new Form W-8ECI
or Form W-8BEN, as applicable, upon the expiration or obsolescence of any
previously delivered form and comparable statements in accordance with
applicable U.S. laws and regulations and amendments duly executed and completed
by such assignee, and to comply from time to time with all applicable U.S. laws
and regulations with regard to such withholding tax exemption.

(g)           Deliveries by Borrowers.  Upon satisfaction of all applicable
requirements specified in subsections (a) through (f) above,
Borrowers shall execute and deliver (i) to Agent, the assignor and the
assignee, any consent or release (of all or a portion of the obligations of the
assignor) required to be delivered by Borrowers in connection with the
Assignment Agreement, and (ii) to the assignee, if requested, and the assignor,
if applicable, an appropriate Note or Notes. 
After delivery of the new Note or Notes, the assignor’s Note or Notes,
if any, being replaced shall be returned to Administrative Borrower marked “replaced”.

(h)           Effect of Assignment.  Upon satisfaction of all applicable
requirements set forth in subsections (a) through (g) above, and any other
condition contained in this Section 11.10, (i) the assignee shall become and
thereafter be deemed to be a “Lender” for the purposes of this Agreement, (ii)
the assignor shall be released from its obligations hereunder to the extent
that its interest has been assigned, (iii) in the event that the assignor’s
entire interest has been assigned, the assignor shall cease to be and
thereafter shall no longer be deemed to be a “Lender” and (iv) the signature
pages hereto and Schedule 1 hereto shall be automatically amended,
without further action, to reflect the result of any such assignment.

(i)            Agent to Maintain Register.  Agent shall maintain at the address for
notices referred to in Section 11.4 hereof a copy of each Assignment Agreement
delivered to it and a register (the “Register”) for the recordation of the
names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitment of, and principal amount
of the Loans owing to, each Lender from time to time.  The entries in the Register shall be
conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and Borrowers, Agent and the
Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the
owner of the Loan recorded therein for all purposes of this Agreement. The
Register shall be available for inspection by Borrowers or any Lender at any
reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

Section 11.11. 
Sale of Participations. 
Any Lender may, in the ordinary course of its commercial banking
business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell participations
to one or more Eligible Transferees (each a “Participant”) in all or a portion
of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
(including, without

 73
 

limitation, all or a portion of the Commitment and the Loans and
participations owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it); provided that:

(a)           any
such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
shall remain unchanged;

(b)           such
Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the
performance of such obligations;

(c)           the
parties hereto shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in
connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and
each of the other Loan Documents;

(d)           such
Participant shall be bound by the provisions of Section 8.5 hereof, and the Lender
selling such participation shall obtain from such Participant a written
confirmation of its agreement to be so bound; and

(e)           no
Participant (unless such Participant is itself a Lender) shall be entitled to
require such Lender to take or refrain from taking action under this Agreement
or under any other Loan Document, except that such Lender may agree with such
Participant that such Lender will not, without such Participant’s consent, take
action of the type described as follows:

(i)            increase the portion of the
participation amount of any Participant over the amount thereof then in effect,
or extend the Commitment Period, without the written consent of each
Participant affected thereby; or

(ii)           reduce the principal amount of or
extend the time for any payment of principal of any Loan, or reduce the rate of
interest or extend the time for payment of interest on any Loan, or reduce the
commitment fee, without the written consent of each Participant affected
thereby.

Borrowers agree that any Lender that sells
participations pursuant to this Section 11.11 shall still be entitled to the
benefits of Article III hereof, notwithstanding any such transfer; provided,
however, that the obligations of Borrowers shall not increase as a result of
such transfer and Borrowers shall have no obligation to any Participant.

Section 11.12.  Patriot Act Notice.  Each Lender and Agent (for itself and not on
behalf of any other party) hereby notifies the Credit Parties that, pursuant to
the requirements of the Patriot Act, such Lender and Agent are required to
obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Credit Parties, which
information includes the name and address of the Credit Parties and other
information that will allow such Lender or Agent, as applicable, to identify
the Credit Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act.  Administrative Borrower shall provide, to the
extent commercially reasonable, such information and take such actions as are
reasonably requested by Agent or a Lender in order to assist Agent or such
Lender in maintaining compliance with the Patriot Act.

 74
 

Section 11.13.  Severability of Provisions; Captions;
Attachments.  Any provision of this
Agreement that shall be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall,
as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or
affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other
jurisdiction. The several captions to sections and subsections herein are
inserted for convenience only and shall be ignored in interpreting the
provisions of this Agreement.  Each
schedule or exhibit attached to this Agreement shall be incorporated herein and
shall be deemed to be a part hereof.

Section 11.14.  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, any Note and any other Loan
Document or other agreement, document or instrument attached hereto or executed
on or as of the Closing Date integrate all of the terms and conditions
mentioned herein or incidental hereto and supersede all oral representations
and negotiations and prior writings with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 11.15.  Legal Representation of Parties.  The Loan Documents were negotiated by the
parties with the benefit of legal representation and any rule of construction
or interpretation otherwise requiring this Agreement or any other Loan Document
to be construed or interpreted against any party shall not apply to any
construction or interpretation hereof or thereof.

Section
11.16.  Currency.

(a)           Currency Equivalent Generally.  For the purposes of making valuations or
computations under this Agreement (but not for the purposes of the preparation
of any financial statements delivered pursuant hereto), unless expressly
provided otherwise, where a reference is made to a dollar amount the amount is
to be considered as the amount in Dollars and, therefor, each other currency
shall be converted into the Dollar Equivalent.

(b)           Judgment Currency.  If Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, obtains a
judgment or judgments against any Credit Party in an Alternate Currency, the
obligations of such Credit Party in respect of any sum adjudged to be due to
Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the Notes (the “Judgment Amount”) shall
be discharged only to the extent that, on the next Business Day following
receipt by Agent of the Judgment Amount in such Alternate Currency, Agent, in
accordance with normal banking procedures, purchases Dollars with the Judgment
Amount in such Alternate Currency.  If
the amount of Dollars so purchased is less than the amount of Dollars that
could have been purchased with the Judgment Amount on the date or dates the
Judgment Amount (excluding the portion of the Judgment Amount that has accrued
as a result of the failure of such Credit Party to pay the sum originally due
hereunder or under the Notes when it was originally due and owing to Agent or
the Lenders hereunder or under the Notes) was originally due and owing to Agent
or the Lenders hereunder or under the Notes (the “Original Due Date”) (the “Loss”),
such Credit Party agrees as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such
judgment, to indemnify Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, against the
Loss, and if the amount of Dollars so purchased exceeds the amount of Dollars
that could have been purchased with the Judgment Amount on the Original Due
Date, Agent or such Lender agrees to remit such excess to such Credit Party.

 75
 

Section
11.17.  Governing Law; Submission to
Jurisdiction.

(a)           Governing Law. 
This Agreement, each of the Notes and any Related Writing (except as
otherwise set forth in any Loan Document executed by a Foreign Subsidiary)
shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
Ohio and the respective rights and obligations of Borrowers, Agent, and the
Lenders shall be governed by Ohio law, without regard to principles of
conflicts of laws.

(b)           Submission to Jurisdiction.  Each Borrower hereby irrevocably submits to
the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any Ohio state or federal court sitting
in Cleveland, Ohio, over any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to
this Agreement, the Obligations or any Related Writing (except as otherwise set
forth in any Loan Document executed by a Foreign Subsidiary), and each Borrower
hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or
proceeding may be heard and determined in such Ohio state or federal
court.  Each Borrower, on behalf of
itself and its Subsidiaries, hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of
venue in any action or proceeding in any such court as well as any right it may
now or hereafter have to remove such action or proceeding, once commenced, to
another court on the grounds of FORUM NON CONVENIENS or otherwise.  Each Borrower agrees that a final,
nonappealable judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and
may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other
manner provided by law.

[Remainder of page left
intentionally blank]

 76

Section 11.18.  JURY TRIAL WAIVER.  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH
BORROWER, AGENT AND EACH LENDER WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN
RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG
BORROWERS, AGENT AND THE LENDERS, OR ANY THEREOF, ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION
WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN
CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY NOTE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR
AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS
RELATED THERETO.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the
parties have executed and delivered this Credit Agreement as of the date first
set forth above.

	
  Address: 

  	
  15 Inverness Way
  East

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  IHS INC.

  
	
   

  	
  Englewood, Colorado 80112

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Attn: Chief Financial Officer

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  /s/ Francis J. Mullins

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Facsimile: 303-754-4025

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Francis J. Mullins

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Vice President

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Address: 

  	
  15 Inverness Way East

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  INFORMATION HANDLING SERVICES

  
	
   

  	
  Englewood, Colorado 80112

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GROUP INC.

  
	
   

  	
  Attn: Chief Financial Officer

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Facsimile: 303-754-4025

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  /s/ Francis J. Mullins

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Francis J. Mullins

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Vice President

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Address: 

  	
  24 Chemin de la Mairie

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  PETROCONSULTANTS S.A.

  
	
   

  	
  1258 Perly

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Geneva

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  /s/ Dana Johnson

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Attn: Chief Financial Officer

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Dana Johnson

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Authorized Person

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Address:

  	
  Willoughby Road

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  IHS GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

  
	
   

  	
  Bracknell, RG12 8FB

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  United Kingdom

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Attn: Chief
  Financial Officer

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  /s/ Dana Johnson

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Dana Johnson

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Authorized Person

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Address:

  	
  Willoughby Road

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  TECHNICAL INDEXES LIMITED

  
	
   

  	
  Bracknell, RG12 8FB

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  United Kingdom

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Attn: Chief Financial Officer

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  /s/ Dana Johnson

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Dana Johnson

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Authorized Person

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
									

 

 1
 

 

	
  Address: 

  	
  127 Public Square

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

  
	
   

  	
  Cleveland, Ohio 44114

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  as Agent and as
  a Lender

  
	
   

  	
  Attn:

  	
  Institutional Bank

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  By: 

  	
  /s/ Jeff Kalinowski

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Jeff Kalinowski

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Senior Vice President

  	
   

  
								

 

 2
 

 

	
  Address: 

  	
  950 17th Street, 3d Floor

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

  
	
   

  	
  Denver, CO 80202

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  as
  Co-Syndication Agent and as a Lender

  
	
   

  	
  Attn:

  	
  Blake Malia

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  By: 

  	
  /s/ Jacob Payne

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Jacob Payne

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Vice President

  	
   

  
										

 

 3
 

 

	
  Address: 

  	
  MAC C7300-081

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL

  
	
   

  	
  1700 Lincoln St.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  ASSOCIATION,

  
	
   

  	
  Denver, CO 80203

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  as
  Co-Syndication Agent and as a Lender

  
	
   

  	
  Attn:

  	
  Blake Peterson

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  By: 

  	
  /s/ Blake Peterson

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Blake Peterson

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Vice President

  	
   

  
										

 

 4
 

 

	
  Address: 

  	
  315 Montgomery
  Street, 6th Floor

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

  
	
   

  	
  San Francisco, CA 94104

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  as Co-Documentation Agent and as a Lender

  
	
   

  	
  Attn:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  By: 

  	
  /s/ Kevin McMahon

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Kevin McMahon

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title: 

  	
  Senior Vice President

  	
   

  
											

 

 5
 

 

	
  Address: 

  	
  101 Park Avenue

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  RBS CITIZENS BANK, N.A.,

  
	
   

  	
  New York, NY 10178

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  as Co-Documentation Agent and as a Lender

  
	
   

  	
  Attn:

  	
  David M. Nackley

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  By: 

  	
  /s/ David M. Nackley

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  David M. Nackley

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Senior Vice President

  	
   

  
											

 

 6
 

 

	
  Address: 

  	
  370 17th St., Floor 32

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

  
	
   

  	
  Denver, CO 80202

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Attn:

  	
  David L. Ericson

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  /s/ David L. Ericson

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name: 

  	
  David L. Ericson

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Senior Vice President

  	
   

  
										

 

 7
 

 

	
  Address: 

  	
  444 S. Flower St. 29th Fl.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CITIBANK, N.A.

  
	
   

  	
  Los Angeles, CA 90071

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Attn:

  	
  William Timmons

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  By:

  	
   /s/ William
  Timmons

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  William Timmons

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Vice President

  	
   

  
										

 

 8
 

 

	
  Address: 

  	
  601 Montgomery Street,

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

  
	
   

  	
  10th Floor

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  San Francisco, CA 94111

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  /s/ Jeffrey S. Hughes

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Attn:

  	
  Commercial Banking

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Jeffrey S. Hughes

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title: 

  	
  Vice President

  	
   

  
										

 

 9Exhibit 10.1

FARMER BROS. CO.

PENSION PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES

FARMER BROS. CO.
RETIREMENT PLAN

Amendment and
Restatement

Effective January 1, 2001

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	
  

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Page

  
	
  Article 1. Definitions

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.01

  	
   

  	
  Accrued Pension

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.02

  	
   

  	
  Accrued Pension Derived from Employer Contributions

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.03

  	
   

  	
  Accrued Pension Derived from Participant
  Contributions

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.04

  	
   

  	
  Accumulated Contributions

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.05

  	
   

  	
  Actuarial Equivalent

  	
   

  	
  2

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.06

  	
   

  	
  Administrative Committee

  	
   

  	
  2

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.07

  	
   

  	
  Affiliated Employer

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.08

  	
   

  	
  Alternate Accrued Pension Derived from Participant
  Contributions

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.09

  	
   

  	
  Annuity Starting Date

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.1

  	
   

  	
  Beneficiary

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.11

  	
   

  	
  Benefit Service

  	
   

  	
  4

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.12

  	
   

  	
  Board of Directors

  	
   

  	
  6

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.13

  	
   

  	
  Break in Service

  	
   

  	
  6

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.14

  	
   

  	
  Code

  	
   

  	
  6

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.15

  	
   

  	
  Company

  	
   

  	
  6

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.16

  	
   

  	
  Compensation

  	
   

  	
  6

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.17

  	
   

  	
  Determination Date

  	
   

  	
  7

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.18

  	
   

  	
  Disability or Disabled

  	
   

  	
  7

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.19

  	
   

  	
  Early Retirement Date

  	
   

  	
  8

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.2

  	
   

  	
  Effective Date

  	
   

  	
  8

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.21

  	
   

  	
  Eligible Employee

  	
   

  	
  8

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.22

  	
   

  	
  Employee

  	
   

  	
  8

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.23

  	
   

  	
  Employer

  	
   

  	
  9

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.24

  	
   

  	
  Enrollment Date

  	
   

  	
  9

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.25

  	
   

  	
  ERISA

  	
   

  	
  9

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.26

  	
   

  	
  Final Average Compensation

  	
   

  	
  9

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.27

  	
   

  	
  Highly Compensated Employee

  	
   

  	
  10

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.28

  	
   

  	
  Hour of Service

  	
   

  	
  11

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.29

  	
   

  	
  IRS Interest Rate

  	
   

  	
  12

  

 

 

	
  

  	
   

  	
  1.3

  	
   

  	
  IRS Mortality Table

  	
   

  	
  12

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.31

  	
   

  	
  Investment Manager

  	
   

  	
  12

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.32

  	
   

  	
  Leased Employee

  	
   

  	
  13

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.33

  	
   

  	
  Leave of Absence

  	
   

  	
  13

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.34

  	
   

  	
  Maximum Compensation Limitation

  	
   

  	
  13

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.35

  	
   

  	
  Normal Retirement Age

  	
   

  	
  14

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.36

  	
   

  	
  Normal Retirement Date

  	
   

  	
  14

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.37

  	
   

  	
  Parental Leave

  	
   

  	
  14

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.38

  	
   

  	
  Participant

  	
   

  	
  15

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.39

  	
   

  	
  Participant Contributions

  	
   

  	
  15

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.4

  	
   

  	
  Pension

  	
   

  	
  15

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.41

  	
   

  	
  Plan

  	
   

  	
  15

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.42

  	
   

  	
  Plan Year

  	
   

  	
  15

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.43

  	
   

  	
  Postponed Retirement Date

  	
   

  	
  15

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.44

  	
   

  	
  Qualified Domestic Relations Order

  	
   

  	
  15

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.45

  	
   

  	
  Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity

  	
   

  	
  16

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.46

  	
   

  	
  Residual Accrued Pension Derived from Participant
  Contributions

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.47

  	
   

  	
  Retirement Date

  	
   

  	
  16

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.48

  	
   

  	
  Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service

  	
   

  	
  16

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.49

  	
   

  	
  Section 417 Interest Rate

  	
   

  	
  16

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.5

  	
   

  	
  Severance from Service Date

  	
   

  	
  16

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.51

  	
   

  	
  Spousal Consent

  	
   

  	
  17

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.52

  	
   

  	
  Spouse

  	
   

  	
  17

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.53

  	
   

  	
  Stability Period

  	
   

  	
  17

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.54

  	
   

  	
  Trust

  	
   

  	
  17

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.55

  	
   

  	
  Trustee

  	
   

  	
  17

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.56

  	
   

  	
  Year of Eligibility Service

  	
   

  	
  17

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.57

  	
   

  	
  Year of Vesting Service

  	
   

  	
  18

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1.58

  	
   

  	
  Union Employee

  	
   

  	
  18

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 2. Eligibility and Participation

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.01

  	
   

  	
  Eligibility

  	
   

  	
  19

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.02

  	
   

  	
  Participation

  	
   

  	
  19

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.03

  	
   

  	
  Reemployment of Former Employees and Former
  Participants

  	
   

  	
  19

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.04

  	
   

  	
  Transferred Participants

  	
   

  	
  20

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.05

  	
   

  	
  Termination of Participation

  	
   

  	
  20

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 3. Contributions

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  3.01

  	
   

  	
  Participant Contributions

  	
   

  	
  21

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  3.02

  	
   

  	
  Suspension of Participation

  	
   

  	
  21

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  3.03

  	
   

  	
  In-Service Withdrawal of Accumulated Contributions

  	
   

  	
  22

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  3.04

  	
   

  	
  Employer Contributions

  	
   

  	
  22

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  3.05

  	
   

  	
  Plan-to-Plan Transfers / Rollover Contributions

  	
   

  	
  22

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  3.06

  	
   

  	
  Return of Contributions

  	
   

  	
  22

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  3.07

  	
   

  	
  Contributions during Period of Service in the
  Uniformed Services of the United States

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

	
  Article 4. Termination of Employment Prior to
  Retirement

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  4.01

  	
   

  	
  Amount of Vested Interest

  	
   

  	
  25

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  4.02

  	
   

  	
  Distribution of Vested Interest

  	
   

  	
  25

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  4.03

  	
   

  	
  Repayment of Participant Contributions

  	
   

  	
  28

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 5. Eligibility for and Amount of Pension
  Benefits

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  5.01

  	
   

  	
  Normal Retirement

  	
   

  	
  29

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  5.02

  	
   

  	
  Postponed Retirement

  	
   

  	
  31

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  5.03

  	
   

  	
  Early Retirement

  	
   

  	
  34

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  5.04

  	
   

  	
  Disability Retirement

  	
   

  	
  34

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  5.05

  	
   

  	
  Termination With Vesting

  	
   

  	
  36

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  5.06

  	
   

  	
  Adjustments to Pensions in Pay Status

  	
   

  	
  36

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  5.07

  	
   

  	
  Suspension of Benefits

  	
   

  	
  37

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  5.08

  	
   

  	
  Nonduplication of Benefits

  	
   

  	
  39

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 6. Restrictions on Benefits and Payments

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  6.01

  	
   

  	
  Maximum Annual Benefit Limitation and Maximum Annual
  Additions Limitation

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  6.02

  	
   

  	
  Top-Heavy Provisions

  	
   

  	
  41

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  6.03

  	
   

  	
  Limitation Concerning Highly Compensated Employees
  or Former Highly Compensated Employees

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 7. Form of Payment of Pension Benefits

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  7.01

  	
   

  	
  Normal Form of Payment

  	
   

  	
  42

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  7.02

  	
   

  	
  Automatic Form of Payment

  	
   

  	
  42

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  7.03

  	
   

  	
  Optional Forms of Payment

  	
   

  	
  43

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  7.04

  	
   

  	
  Election of Options

  	
   

  	
  46

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  7.05

  	
   

  	
  Method of Payment for Eligible Rollover
  Distributions

  	
   

  	
  49

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  7.06

  	
   

  	
  Commencement of Payments

  	
   

  	
  50

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 8. Death Benefits

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  8.01

  	
   

  	
  Spouse’s Pension

  	
   

  	
  54

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  8.02

  	
   

  	
  Children’s Pension

  	
   

  	
  56

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  8.03

  	
   

  	
  Death Benefits Payable to Participant’s Estate

  	
   

  	
  57

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  8.04

  	
   

  	
  Accumulated Contributions

  	
   

  	
  58

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 9. Administration of the Plan

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  9.01

  	
   

  	
  Appointment of Administrative Committee

  	
   

  	
  59

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  9.02

  	
   

  	
  Duties of Administrative Committee

  	
   

  	
  59

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  9.03

  	
   

  	
  Meetings

  	
   

  	
  59

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  9.04

  	
   

  	
  Action of Majority

  	
   

  	
  60

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  9.05

  	
   

  	
  Compensation and Bonding

  	
   

  	
  60

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  9.06

  	
   

  	
  Establishment of Rules

  	
   

  	
  60

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  9.07

  	
   

  	
  Manner of Administering

  	
   

  	
  60

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  9.08

  	
   

  	
  Prudent Conduct

  	
   

  	
  61

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  9.09

  	
   

  	
  Service In More Than One Fiduciary Capacity

  	
   

  	
  61

  

 

	
  

  	
   

  	
  9.1

  	
   

  	
  Limitation of Liability

  	
   

  	
  61

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  9.11

  	
   

  	
  Indemnification

  	
   

  	
  61

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  9.12

  	
   

  	
  Expenses of Administration

  	
   

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  9.13

  	
   

  	
  Claims and Review Procedures

  	
   

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 10. Management of Funds

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  10.01

  	
   

  	
  The Trustee

  	
   

  	
  65

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  10.02

  	
   

  	
  Exclusive Benefit Rule

  	
   

  	
  65

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  10.03

  	
   

  	
  Appointment of Investment Manager

  	
   

  	
  65

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 11. Amendment, Merger and Termination

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  11.01

  	
   

  	
  Amendment of the Plan

  	
   

  	
  66

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  11.02

  	
   

  	
  Merger or Consolidation

  	
   

  	
  66

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  11.03

  	
   

  	
  Additional Participating Employers

  	
   

  	
  66

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  11.04

  	
   

  	
  Termination of the Plan

  	
   

  	
  67

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 12. General Provisions

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  12.01

  	
   

  	
  Nonalienation; Qualified Domestic Relations Orders

  	
   

  	
  68

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  12.02

  	
   

  	
  Conditions of Employment Not Affected by Plan

  	
   

  	
  68

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  12.03

  	
   

  	
  Facility of Payment

  	
   

  	
  68

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  12.04

  	
   

  	
  Information

  	
   

  	
  69

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  12.05

  	
   

  	
  (Reserved)

  	
   

  	
  70

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  12.06

  	
   

  	
  Proof of Death and Right of Beneficiary or Other
  Person

  	
   

  	
  70

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  12.07

  	
   

  	
  Failure to Locate Recipient

  	
   

  	
  70

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  12.08

  	
   

  	
  Action by the Board of Directors

  	
   

  	
  70

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  12.09

  	
   

  	
  Construction

  	
   

  	
  71

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Appendix A.

  	
   

  	
  Maximum Annual Benefit Limitation and Maximum Annual
  Additions Limitation

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  A.01

  	
   

  	
  Definitions

  	
   

  	
  72

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  A.02

  	
   

  	
  Adjustments to Maximum Annual Benefit Limitation

  	
   

  	
  76

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  A.03

  	
   

  	
  Maximum Annual Additions Limitation

  	
   

  	
  79

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  A.04

  	
   

  	
  Participant in a Defined Contribution Plan

  	
   

  	
  80

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  A.05

  	
   

  	
  Preservation of Current Accrued Pension

  	
   

  	
  80

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Appendix B.

  	
   

  	
  Top-Heavy Provisions

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  B.01

  	
   

  	
  General Definitions

  	
   

  	
  82

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  B.02

  	
   

  	
  Top-Heavy Definition

  	
   

  	
  84

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  B.03

  	
   

  	
  Provisions Applicable When The Plan Is Top-Heavy

  	
   

  	
  84

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Appendix C.

  	
   

  	
  Limitation Concerning Highly Compensated Employees
  or Former Highly Compensated Employees (Effective January 1, 1994)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  C.01

  	
   

  	
  Restrictions

  	
   

  	
  87

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  C.02

  	
   

  	
  Limitation on Restrictions

  	
   

  	
  87

  
	
  Appendix D.

  	
   

  	
  Limitation Concerning Highly Compensated Employees
  or Former Highly Compensated Employees (Effective January 1, 1989, Through
  December 31, 1993)

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

PREAMBLE TO

FARMER BROS. CO. RETIREMENT PLAN

The
Farmer Bros. Co. Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) was originally adopted, effective
July 1, 1964, by Farmer Bros. Co. for the benefit of its employees. The Plan
was subsequently amended on various occasions, and restated effective January
1, 1982 (the “Prior Plan”).

This
document constitutes the terms of the Plan, as amended and restated effective
January 1, 1989, except as otherwise provided herein.  This document incorporates Amendment 1
through Amendment 6 to the Prior Plan. 
In addition, it is intended that this document include all additional
amendments necessary for the Plan to remain qualified under Section 401(a) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended by the Tax Reform Act of 1986,
the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, the Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation Act of 1987, the Technical and Miscellaneous Revenue Act of
1988, the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1989, the Unemployment
Compensation Amendments of 1992, and the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of
1993.

Effective
January 1, 2001, except as stated herein, the Plan is hereby amended and
restated in its entirety to comply with the following acts of legislation known
collectively as GUST:

General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade enacted in 1994 [also known as The Uruguay Round
Agreements Act] (GATT)

Uniformed
Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (USERRA)

Small
Business Job Protection Act of 1996 (SBJPA ‘96)

Taxpayer Relief Act of
1997 (TRA ‘97)

 

Article
1. Definitions

The
following words and phrases, when used in the Plan with an initial capital
letter, shall have the following meanings, unless the context clearly indicates
otherwise:

1.01         “Accrued Pension” means, as of any
Determination Date, the normal retirement Pension, payable commencing on the
Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, or immediately if the Participant has
already attained his Normal Retirement Age, computed under Section 5.01(b) on
the basis of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation and Benefit Service
to the Determination Date.

1.02         “Accrued Pension Derived from Employer
Contributions” means, as of any Determination Date, the excess, if any, of a
Participant’s Accrued 

Pension
over his Accrued Pension Derived from Participant Contributions.

1.03         “Accrued Pension Derived from
Participant Contributions” means the portion of a Participant’s Accrued Pension
payable at age 65, or current age if later than age 65, funded with his
Accumulated Contributions.  The Accrued
Pension Derived from Participant Contributions shall be equal to the Actuarial
Equivalent of the Participant’s Accumulated Contributions, credited with
interest, compounded annually at the IRS Interest Rate (the Section 417
Interest Rate prior to January 1, 2000) for the period beginning on the Determination
Date and ending on the later of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age or
Annuity Starting Date, expressed as an annual benefit payable at age 65, or
current age if later than age 65, in the form described in Section 7.01.

1.04         “Accumulated Contributions” means, with
respect to a Participant, his Participant Contributions credited with interest,
compounded annually at the rate of:

(a)           3% per annum through December 31,
1975;

(b)           5% per annum for the period beginning
January 1, 1976, and ending December 31, 1987; and

(c)           120% of the Federal mid-term rate (as
in effect under Section 1274 of the Code for the first month of the applicable Plan
Year) for the period beginning January 1, 1988, and ending on the Determination
Date.

1.05         “Actuarial Equivalent” means the
equivalent, payable in an alternate form or at an alternate time, of a benefit
payable in a normal form under the Plan as described in Section 7.01.  Such equivalent shall generally be calculated
based on a rate of interest of 6.5, utilizing the 1971 Group Annuity Mortality
Table for Males.

With
respect to the calculation of lump sum payments in accordance with Section
4.02(e), 7.02(b), 7.03(a)(iii) and 12.01(b), the interest rate utilized prior
to January 1, 2000 shall be the lesser of 6.5% or the Section 417 Interest
Rate.

Notwithstanding
the above, for the purpose of determining lump sums on and after January 1,
2000 and ending on the date this Plan is adopted, Actuarial Equivalent shall be
based on one of the following assumptions, whichever produces the greater
benefit:

(a)           The IRS Interest Rate and the IRS
Mortality Table.

(b)           The 1971 Group Annuity Mortality
Table for Males and an interest rate equal to the lesser of (a) 6.5% or (b) the
Section 417 Interest Rate.

For
lump sum payments determined after the date this Plan is adopted, Actuarial
Equivalent shall be based on one of the following assumptions, whichever
produces the greater benefit:

(a)           The IRS Interest Rate and the IRS
Mortality Table.

(b)           The 1971 Group Annuity Mortality
Table for Males and an interest rate equal to 6.5%.

1.06         “Administrative Committee” means the
committee appointed pursuant to Article 9.

1.07         “Affiliated Employer” means any company
not participating in the Plan which is a member of a controlled group of
corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code) with the Employer; any
trade or business under common control (as defined in Section 414(c) of the
Code) with the Employer; any organization (whether or not incorporated) which
is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m) of the
Code) which includes the Employer; and any other entity required to be
aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations under Section 414(o) of
the Code.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
for purposes of Sections 1.30(b) and 6.01, the definitions in Sections 414(b)
and 414(c) of the Code shall be modified as provided in Section 415(h) of the
Code.

1.08         “Alternate Accrued Pension Derived from
Participant Contributions” is equal to the Participant’s Accumulated
Contributions divided by 10, or an actuarially equivalent factor in the event
the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is later than his Normal Retirement
Age.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Participant’s Alternate Accrued Pension Derived from Participant Contributions
shall not exceed his Accrued Pension Derived from Participant Contributions.

1.09         “Annuity Starting Date” means, with
respect to a Participant, the applicable of:

(a)           The first day of the first period for
which an amount is payable as an annuity under the Plan, or

(b)           Where the benefit is not payable in
the form of an annuity, the first day on which all events have occurred which
entitle the Participant to his benefit under the Plan.

1.10         “Beneficiary” means any person, persons
or entity named by a Participant by written designation filed with the
Administrative Committee to receive benefits payable in the event of the
Participant’s death.  However, if the
Participant is married, his Spouse shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary unless
or until he elects another Beneficiary by a written designation filed with the
Administrative Committee.  Any such
designation shall not be effective without Spousal Consent.  If no such designation is in effect at the
time of death of the Participant, or if no person, persons or entity so
designated shall survive the Participant, the Participant’s estate shall be
deemed to be the Beneficiary.

1.11         “Benefit Service” means, with respect
to any Participant, the period beginning on the Participant’s Enrollment Date
and ending on his Severance from Service Date, subject to the following:

(a)           Prior to July 1, 1964, Benefit
Service shall not be credited:

(i)            Until the later of the date the
Participant (A) attains age 35, or (B) completes one Year of Eligibility
Service;

(ii)           For any period credited for
retirement benefits under any other pension plan to which the Employer
contributes; and

(iii)          Unless the Participant elects to
become a participant as of the date he is first eligible to do so.

(b)           If the Participant is absent from the
service of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer because of service in the
uniformed services of the United States and if the Participant returns to the
service of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, having applied to return
while his reemployment rights were protected by law, and makes all Participant
Contributions as required under Plan Section 3.07, that absence shall be
included in his Benefit Service;

(c)           If the Participant is on a Leave of
Absence approved by the Employer under rules uniformly applicable to all
Employees similarly situated, the Employer may authorize the inclusion in his
Benefit Service of any portion of that period of leave;

(d)           Service during a period in which a
Participant fails to make the contributions required under Section 3.01 shall
not count as Benefit Service hereunder;

(e)           Service with any other company which
has been or may later be acquired by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer
shall count only as required by law or as may be determined by the Company;

(f)            With respect to the month that
includes the Participant’s Enrollment Date, a Participant shall be credited
with one full month of Benefit Service if the Participant’s Enrollment Date is on
or before the 15th day of the month; with respect to the month that includes
the Participant’s Severance from Service Date, a Participant shall be credited
with one full month of Benefit Service if the Participant’s Severance from
Service Date is on or after the 15th day of the month; otherwise partial months
of Benefit Service shall be disregarded; and

(g)           Service with the Employer or an
Affiliated Employer on and after July 1, 1964, while the Employee is a Union
Employee shall count provided that:

(i)            The Employee is credited with an
Hour of Service on or after January 1, 1995, or is on an approved Leave of
Absence as of January 1, 1995;

(ii)           The Employee makes Participant
Contributions during the 60 months required by Section 3.01;

 (iii)         The
Employee does not terminate his employment with the Employer and all Affiliated
Employers prior to the date the Employee reaches his earliest Early Retirement
Date; and

 (iv)         The
Employee provides the Administrative Committee with the information it deems
necessary to determine the amount of any pension payable to the Employee under
the terms of a defined benefit pension plan to which the Employer contributes, directly
or indirectly, to the extent that such pension is based on a period of
employment with the Employer for which the Employee receives credit for Pension
benefits under this Section 1.11(g); and

(h)           If the Participant incurs a Break in
Service, and he is subsequently rehired, the Participant’s Benefit Service
accrued after reemployment shall be aggregated with his Benefit Service accrued
prior to the Break in Service only if (i) the Participant was vested in his
Accrued Pension Derived from Employer Contributions, or (ii) (A) the
Participant’s consecutive one-year Breaks in Service do not equal or exceed the
greater of five years or his Years of Vesting Service before the Break in Service,
and (B) the Participant is credited with at least one Year of Vesting Service
after his Break in Service.  If the Participant’s
Break in Service ended prior to January 1, 1985, or if he had a Break in
Service on December 31, 1984, and the number of his consecutive one-year Breaks
in Service as of that date exceeded his Years of Vesting Service under the Plan
provisions then in effect, then his previously accrued Benefit Service shall be
excluded.

1.12         “Board of Directors” means the Board of
Directors of the Company.

1.13         “Break in Service” means any Plan Year
in which an Employee completes less than 501 Hours of Service.  A Break in Service shall not occur during a
layoff that is less than one year in duration, or an approved Leave of Absence
or a period of military service which is included in a Participant’s Benefit
Service pursuant to Sections 1.11(b) and (c).

1.14         “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.15         “Company” means Farmer Bros. Co., and
any successor by merger, purchase or otherwise, with respect to its employees.

1.16         “Compensation” means wages as defined
in Section 3401(a) of the Code (for purposes of income tax withholding at the
source), but determined without regard to any rules under Section 3401(a) of
the Code that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location
of the employment or the services performed (e.g., the exception for
agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2)). 
However, for purposes of the Plan, Compensation shall:

(a)           Include any salary deferral
reductions pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Code or pursuant to a cafeteria
plan as described in Section 125 of the Code;

(b)           Exclude any imputed income for auto
allowances or company-paid life insurance for the Participant (including
amounts for which the Employer or Affiliated Employer is required to furnish a 

written
statement pursuant to Section 6052 of the Code); and

(c)           Not exceed the Maximum Compensation
Limitation.

Prior
to January 1, 1972, Compensation means the compensation paid to a Participant
by the Employer for services performed, but excluding overtime pay, premium
pay, commissions, bonuses, any benefits received under the Employer’s salary
continuation plans, and travel expense and other allowances.

1.17         “Determination Date” means the date as
of which an Accrued Pension or other benefit is calculated.

1.18         “Disability” or “Disabled” means the
total and permanent incapacity, as determined by the Administrative Committee
based upon competent medical advice, of the Employee to engage in any
occupation or perform any work for remuneration or profit by reason of any
medically determinable injury, disease or mental impairment.  In determining whether or not a Participant
is and continues to be Disabled, the Administrative Committee may at any
reasonable time require the Participant to submit to an examination by one or
more physicians approved by the Administrative Committee.  If the Participant refuses to submit to such examination,
the Participant shall be deemed, for purposes of the Plan, to have recovered
from his Disability.

Notwithstanding
the foregoing, an Employee shall not be considered Disabled if the injury or
disease (a) resulted from or consists of habitual drunkenness or addiction to
narcotics, (b) was contracted, suffered or incurred while the Employee was
engaged in, or resulted from his having engaged in, a criminal enterprise, (c)
was intentionally self-inflicted, (d) arose while the Employee was absent without
leave or layoff, (e) arose out of service in the armed forces of any country,
or (f) arose as a result of or while engaged in his own business or in working
for an employer other than the Employer.

1.19         “Early Retirement Date” means the first
day of the calendar month on or immediately after the later of the date the
Participant attains age 55 or completes five years of Benefit Service.

1.20         “Effective Date” means July 1, 1964.

1.21         “Eligible Employee” means an Employee
other than:

                (a)           An Employee who is included in a unit
of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between employee
representatives and the Employer if there is evidence that retirement benefits were
the subject of good faith bargaining and the agreement does not provide for
such Employee’s participation in the Plan,

(b)           An Employee who is a nonresident
alien and receives no United States source income,

(c)           A Leased Employee, and

                (d)           An Employee who is employed in a division, unit, facility
or class of Employees whom the Employer has determined in writing not to be
covered by the terms of the Plan.

1.22         “Employee” means an individual employed
by the Employer who meets the following requirements:

(a)           the Employer withholds income tax on
any portion of his or her income and Social Security contributions are made for
him or her by the Employer, and

(b)           such individual is determined by the
Employer to be an Employee, for purposes of the Employer’s payroll records.

“Employee”
does not include a “Leased Employee,” as defined in Code Section
414(n)(2).  Only individuals who are paid
as employees from an Employer payroll and are treated by the Employer as
Employees will be considered Employees for purposes of the plan.  Any individual who is treated as an
independent contractor by the Employer is not an Employee.  Also, an individual who renders services to
the Employer pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and a leasing organization,
temporary employment agency or any other organization is not an Employee.  Any individual who is retroactively or in any
other way held or found to be a “statutory” or “common law employee” of the Employer
will not be eligible to participate in the Plan for any period he or she was
not contemporaneously treated as an Employee by the Employer and considered by
the Employer to be an Employee under this Section 1.22.  In addition, such an individual will remain
ineligible for participation in the Plan unless the Plan is amended to specifically
render the individual eligible for Plan participation.

1.23         “Employer” means the Company, F.B.C.
Finance Company, and any other company participating in the Plan as provided in
Section 11.03 with respect to its employees.

 1.24        “Enrollment
Date” means the Effective Date and the first day of any pay period thereafter
as of which an Employee who has met the Plan’s eligibility requirements elects
to commence participation in the Plan.

1.25         “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

1.26         “Final Average Compensation” means the
sixty (60) consecutive calendar months of Benefit Service during which the
Participant’s average monthly Compensation is the highest out of the one
hundred twenty (120) consecutive calendar months of Benefit Service immediately
preceding the Participant’s date of termination, retirement or Disability.  If the Participant has less than sixty (60)
consecutive months of Benefit Service, his Final Average Compensation shall be
equal to the monthly average of his Compensation during the total calendar
months of his Benefit Service. 
Compensation earned during partial months of Benefit Service shall be
ignored.

For
purposes of this Section 1.26, months of Benefit Service shall be 

considered
consecutive if separated by (a) a Break in Service, (b) a period of layoff, (c)
an unpaid leave of absence, (d) a period of non-covered service, or (e) a
period during which no Participant Contributions are made.

1.27         “Highly Compensated Employee” means an
Employee classified as a highly compensated employee as determined under
Section 414(q) of the Code and any regulations issued thereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Plan
Year the Administrative Committee may elect to determine the status of Highly
Compensated Employees under the simplified snapshot method described in IRS
Revenue Procedure 93-42.

Effective
for Plan Years beginning January 1, 1997, “Highly Compensated Employee” means
an Employee who:

(a)           was a five percent (5%) owner during
the current Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year; or

(b)           during the preceding Plan Year,

(1)           received Section 414(s) Compensation
of more than $80,000 (or such larger amount as may be modified for
cost-of-living adjustments by the Commissioner of the IRS); and

(2)           if the Employer so elects, was a
member of the top twenty percent (20%) of active Employees when ranked on the
basis of Section 414(s) Compensation during the preceding Plan Year.  Any election hereunder shall be made in
accordance with regulations issued under section 414(q)(1) of the Code, as
amended by section 1431(a) of the Small Business Job Protection Act of
1996.  For purposes of determining the
group with the highest twenty percent (20%) of Section 414(s) Compensation,
employees described in Section 414(q)(8) of the Code and Q&A-9(b) of
regulation section 1.414(q)-1T are excluded.

For
purposes of determining Highly Compensated Employees, employers aggregated with
the Employer under section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) are treated as a single
Employer.

1.28         “Hour of Service” means, for purposes
of determining a Participant’s Benefit Service, each hour for which an Employee
is paid or entitled to payment for the performance of duties for the Employer
or an Affiliated Employer.

For
purposes of determining an Employee’s Vesting and Eligibility Service, Hour of
Service means, with respect to any applicable computation period-

(a)           Each hour for which the Employee is
paid or entitled to payment for the performance of duties for the Employer or
an Affiliated Employer,

(b)           Each hour for which the Employee is
paid or entitled to payment by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer on
account of a period 

during
which no duties are performed, whether or not the employment relationship has
terminated, due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including
Disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or Leave of Absence, but not more
than 501 hours for any single continuous period,

(c)           Each hour for which back pay,
irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the
Employer or an Affiliated Employer, excluding any hour credited under (a) or (b),
which shall be credited to the computation period or periods to which the
award, agreement or payment pertains, rather than to the computation period in
which the award, agreement or payment is made, and

(d)           Solely for purposes of determining
whether the Employee has incurred a Break in Service under the Plan, each hour
for which the Employee would normally be credited under paragraph (a) or (b) above
during a period of Parental Leave but not more than 501 hours for any single
continuous period.  However, the number
of hours credited to the Employee under this paragraph (d) during the
computation period in which the Parental Leave began, when added to the hours
credited to the Employee under paragraphs (a) through (c) above during that
computation period, shall not exceed 501. 
If the number of hours credited under this paragraph (d) for the
computation period in which the Parental Leave began is zero, the provisions of
this paragraph (d) shall apply as though the Parental Leave began in the
immediately following computation period.

No
hours shall be credited on account of any period during which the Employee
performs no duties and receives payment solely for the purpose of complying
with unemployment compensation, workers’ compensation or disability insurance
laws.  Hours of Service are also not
required to be credited for a payment which solely reimburses an Employee for medical
or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee.  The Hours of Service credited shall be
determined as required by Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Section
2530.200b-2(b) and (c).

1.29         “IRS Interest Rate” means the annual
rate of interest on 30-year Treasury Securities as specified by the
Commissioner for the November (the look-back month) preceding the Stability
Period.

1.30         “IRS Mortality Table” means the
mortality table prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury under Code Section
417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I) as in effect on the first day of the applicable Stability
Period.

1.31         “Investment Manager” means the person
(or organization), if any, to whom the Company has, pursuant to Section 10.03,
delegated the responsibility and authority to manage, acquire or dispose of all
or a designated portion of the assets of the Plan.  The Investment Manager shall be (a)
registered in good standing as an investment adviser under the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Act”), (b) a bank, as defined in the Act, or (c) an
insurance company qualified to perform investment management services under the
laws of more than one state of the United States.  In addition, the Investment Manager shall acknowledge
in writing that it is a fiduciary with respect to the management, acquisition
and control of all or the designated portion of the assets 

of
the Plan.

1.32         “Leased Employee” means any person
(other than a person described in Section 414(n)(5) of the Code) who is not
otherwise an Employee of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer and who
provides services to the Employer or an Affiliated Employer (the “Recipient”)
if:

(a)           Such services are provided pursuant
to an agreement between the Recipient and a “leasing organization”;

(b)           Such person has performed such
services for the Recipient (or the Recipient and the Employer or an Affiliated
Employer) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year;
and

(c)           Effective for Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 1996, such services are performed under the primary
direction and control of the Employer.

1.33         “Leave of Absence” means an absence
authorized by the Employer under its standard personnel practices as applied in
a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner to all persons similarly situated.

1.34         “Maximum Compensation Limitation”
means, effective on or after January 1, 1989, and before January 1, 1994,
$200,000 per year.  As of January 1 of
each calendar year on and after January 1, 1990, and before January 1, 1994,
the Maximum Compensation Limitation as determined by the Commissioner of
Internal Revenue for the calendar year shall become effective as the Maximum
Compensation Limitation taken into account for Plan purposes for the Plan Year
beginning within that calendar year in lieu of the $200,000 limitation set
forth above.

Commencing
January 1, 1994, the Maximum Compensation Limitation means $150,000 per
year.  If for any calendar year after
1994, the cost-of-living adjustment described in the following sentence is
equal to or greater than $10,000, then the Maximum Compensation Limitation (as previously
adjusted hereunder) for any Plan Year beginning in any subsequent calendar year
shall be increased by the amount of such cost-of-living adjustment, rounded to
the next lowest multiple of $10,000. The cost-of-living adjustment shall equal
the excess of (i) $150,000 increased by the adjustment made under Section
415(d) of the Code for the calendar year, except that the base period for purposes
of Section 415(d)(1)(A) of the Code shall be the calendar quarter beginning
October 1, 1993, over (ii) the Maximum Compensation Limitation in effect for
the Plan Year beginning in the calendar year.

Prior
to Plan Years beginning on January 1, 1997, in determining a Participant’s
compensation for purposes of the Maximum Compensation Limitation, if any
individual is a member of the family of a 5-percent owner or of a Highly
Compensated Employee who is in the group consisting of the 10 individuals paid
the greatest compensation during the year, then (i) such individual shall not
be considered as a separate employee and (ii) any compensation paid to such
individual (and any applicable benefit on behalf of such individual) shall be treated
as if it were paid to (or on behalf of) the 5-percent owner or Highly
Compensated Employee; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section
1.34, the term “family” shall include only the 

Participant’s
Spouse and any lineal descendants of the Participant who have not attained age
19 before the close of the year.  If, as
a result of the application of the foregoing family aggregation rules, the Maximum
Compensation Limitation is exceeded, then the limit shall be prorated among the
affected individuals in proportion to each such individual’s compensation as
determined prior to the application of the Maximum Compensation
Limitation.  After December 31, 1996, the
family aggregation rules are repealed.

1.35         “Normal Retirement Age” means the date
the Participant attains age 65.

1.36         “Normal Retirement Date” means the
first day of the calendar month on or immediately after an Employee’s Normal
Retirement Age.

1.37         “Parental Leave” means a period in
which the Employee is absent from work immediately following his or her active
employment due to (a) the Employee’s pregnancy, (b) the birth of the Employee’s
child, (c) the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the
adoption of that child by the Employee, or (d) the Employee’s caring for that child
for a period beginning immediately following the birth or placement of such
child.  Such a leave shall be subject to
verification by the Administrative Committee.

1.38         “Participant” means any person included
for participation in the Plan as provided in Article 2 and who continues to be
entitled to benefits under the Plan.

1.39         “Participant Contributions” means the
mandatory contributions paid by Participants pursuant to Section 3.01.

1.40         “Pension” means a Participant’s benefit
under the Plan, generally payable in the form of an annuity.

1.41         “Plan” means the Farmer Bros. Co.
Retirement Plan as set forth in this document, or as amended from time to time.

1.42         “Plan Year” means the 12-month period
beginning on any January 1.

1.43         “Postponed Retirement Date” means the
first day of the calendar month on or immediately after the date that a
Participant terminates his employment with the Employer or an Affiliated
Employer after his Normal Retirement Date.

1.44         “Qualified Domestic Relations Order”
means a judgment, decree, or order issued by a court of competent jurisdiction
which:

(a)           Creates for, or assigns to, a Spouse,
former Spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant the right to receive
all or a portion of the Participant’s benefits under the Plan for the purpose
of providing child support, alimony payments or marital property rights to that
Spouse, former Spouse, child or dependent;

(b)           Is made pursuant to a State domestic
relations law;

(c)           Does not require the Plan to provide
any type of benefit, or any option, not otherwise provided under the Plan; and

(d)           Otherwise meets the requirements of
Section 206(d) of ERISA as determined by the Administrative Committee.

1.45         “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity”
means an annuity described in Section 7.02(a).

1.46         “Residual Accrued Pension Derived from
Participant Contributions” is equal to the excess, if any, of the Participant’s
Accrued Pension Derived from Participant Contributions over the Participant’s
Alternate Accrued Pension Derived from Participant Contributions.

1.47         “Retirement Date” means a Participant’s
Early, Normal or Postponed Retirement Date, whichever is applicable.

1.48         “Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service” means
the employment of an Employee by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer during
a calendar month, subsequent to the time the payment of the Participant’s
Pension commenced or would have commenced if the Employee had not remained in or
returned to employment during such month, if the Employee is credited with at
least 40 Hours of Service during such calendar month.

1.49         “Section 417 Interest Rate” means the
interest rate or rates that would be used by the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation for purposes of determining the present value of a lump sum
distribution upon termination of an insufficient trusteed single-employer plan
as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the determination is made.

1.50         “Severance from Service Date” means the
earlier of:

(a)           The date an Employee quits, retires,
is discharged or dies, or

(b)           The first anniversary of the date on
which an Employee is first absent from service from the Employer or an
Affiliated Employer, with or without pay, for any reason (other than
resignation, retirement, discharge or death), such as vacation, sickness, Disability,
layoff or Leave of Absence.

1.51         “Spousal Consent” means written consent
given by a Participant’s Spouse to an election made by the Participant of a
specified form of benefit or a designation by the Participant of a specified
Beneficiary other than the Spouse.  That
consent shall be duly witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public and
shall acknowledge the effect on the Spouse of the Participant’s election.  The requirement for spousal consent may be
waived by the Administrative Committee if it is established to its satisfaction
that there is no spouse, or that the Spouse cannot be located, or because of
such other circumstances as may be established by applicable law.  Spousal Consent shall be applicable only to
the particular Spouse who provides such consent.

1.52         “Spouse” means the person legally
married to the Participant.

1.53         “Stability Period” means the calendar
year in which the Annuity Starting Date occurs for the distribution.

1.54         “Trust” means the fund established by
the Company to hold and invest the assets of the Plan.

1.55         “Trustee” means the bank, trust company
or individuals selected by the Company to take custody of the assets of the
Plan.

1.56         “Year of Eligibility Service” means,
with respect to an Employee, the 12-month period beginning on the first date as
of which the Employee is credited with an Hour of Service, or any Plan Year
beginning after that date, in which the Employee first completes at least 1,000
Hours of Service.

1.57         “Year of Vesting Service” means, with
respect to an Employee, any Plan Year in which the Employee completes at least
1,000 Hours of Service. If the Employee incurs a Break in Service, and he is
subsequently rehired, the Employee’s Years of Vesting Service accrued after reemployment
shall be aggregated with his Years of Vesting Service accrued prior to the
Break in Service only if (i) the Employee was vested in his Accrued Pension
Derived from Employer Contributions, or (ii) (A) the Employee’s consecutive
one-year Breaks in Service do not equal or exceed the greater of five years or
his Years of Vesting Service before the Break in Service, and (B) the Employee
is credited with at least one Year of Vesting Service after his Break in
Service. If the Employee’s Break in Service ended prior to January 1, 1985, or if
he had a Break in Service on December 31, 1984, and the number of his
consecutive one-year Breaks in Service as of that date exceeded his Years of
Vesting Service under the Plan provisions then in effect, then his previously
accrued Years of Vesting Service shall be excluded.

If
an Employee returns to employment after a period of service in the uniformed
services of the United States within the time stipulated under Section 414(u)
of the Code, he/she shall be credited for Years of Vesting Service during such
period.

1.58         ‘Union Employee’ means an Employee who
is not eligible to participate in the Plan solely because he is a member of a
unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between employee
representatives and the Employer or Affiliated Employer and there is evidence
that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining and the
agreement does not provide for such Employee’s participation in the Plan.

Article
2.  Eligibility and Participation

2.01         Eligibility

(a)           Each Employee who is a Participant in
the Plan on December 31, 1988, shall continue to be a Participant in the Plan as
of January 1, 1989.  Former Employees who
retired, died or terminated prior to January 1, 1989, shall continue to receive
or be entitled to receive such benefits as they may have accrued pursuant to
the terms of the Plan in effect on December 31, 1988.

(b)           Each other Employee shall be eligible
to become a Participant in 

the
Plan provided that he is an Eligible Employee and:

(i)            The Employee has completed one Year
of Eligibility Service; or

(ii)           The Employee was a participant under,
and transferred from, another plan maintained by the Employer.

2.02         Participation

An
Employee who is eligible to become a Plan Participant in accordance with
Section 2.01 shall become a Participant as of the first Enrollment Date after
the date he files with the Employer, within the time period established by the
Administrative Committee, an enrollment form as prescribed by the
Administrative Committee which shall authorize the Employer to deduct from his
Compensation the Participant Contributions required under Section 3.01.

2.03         Reemployment of Former Employees and
Former Participants

(a)           Any person reemployed by the Employer
as an Eligible Employee who was previously a Participant or who was previously
eligible to become a Participant, shall be immediately eligible to become a Participant
in the Plan upon the filing of an enrollment form in accordance with Section
2.02.

(b)           Each other person reemployed by the
Employer as an Eligible Employee shall be eligible to become a Participant in
the Plan upon satisfying the requirements of Section 2.01(b) and the filing of
an enrollment form in accordance with Section 2.02.

2.04         Transferred Participants

A
Participant who remains in the employ of the Employer or an Affiliated
Employer, but ceases to be an Eligible Employee, shall continue to be a
Participant in the Plan, but shall not be eligible to make Participant
Contributions or otherwise accrue benefits under the Plan while his employment
status is other than as an Eligible Employee.

2.05         Termination of Participation

An
Eligible Employee’s participation in the Plan shall terminate on the date he
terminates employment with the Employer and all Affiliated Employers unless the
Participant is entitled to benefits under the Plan, in which event his
participation shall terminate when those benefits are distributed to him.

Article
3.  Contributions

3.01         Participant Contributions

Each
Employee who meets the eligibility requirements for Plan participation described
in Article 2, and who completes an enrollment form as described in Section
2.02, shall:

(a)           Prior to April 1, 1995, contribute to
the Plan, by payroll deduction, 2% of his Compensation for all periods that he
is an active Plan Participant inclusive of a period of active Plan participation
after he has reached Normal Retirement Age; and

 (b)          On
and after April 1, 1995, contribute to the Plan, by payroll deduction, 2% of
his Compensation for all periods that he is an active Plan Participant
inclusive of a period of active Plan participation after he has reached Normal
Retirement Age; provided, however, that such Participant Contributions shall
not be required (or permitted):

(i)            With respect to a Participant who is
an Employee as of January 1, 1995, or who is on an approved Leave of Absence as
of January 1, 1995, after the Participant has been credited with 60 months of
Benefit Service (before Section 1.11(g) is applied); and

(ii)           With respect to a Participant who is
not an Employee as of January 1, 1995, and who is not on an approved Leave of Absence
as of January 1, 1995, after the Participant has been credited with 60 months
of Benefit Service after January 1, 1995 (before Section 1.11(g) is applied).

3.02         Suspension of Participation

(a)           Participation in the Plan by each
Eligible Employee is voluntary. A Participant may suspend his participation as
of the end of any pay period.  To suspend
participation the Participant must file a written notice with the
Administrative Committee within the time period established by the
Administrative Committee.  A Participant
who has suspended participation may resume participation on the first day of
any pay period which is at least twelve calendar months after the effective
date of his last suspension of participation.

(b)           In no event shall a Participant be
permitted to make up contributions he could have made during a period of
suspension.

3.03         In-Service Withdrawal of Accumulated
Contributions

On
and after January 1, 1985, a Participant shall not be permitted to withdraw his
Participant Contributions while he is employed by the Employer.

3.04         Employer Contributions

The
Employer shall make the contributions that, in addition to the contributions
made by Participants employed by the Employer, are necessary to maintain the Plan
on a sound actuarial basis and to meet the minimum funding standards prescribed
by law.  Any forfeitures shall be used to
reduce the contributions otherwise payable by the Employer.

3.05         Plan-to-Plan Transfers / Rollover
Contributions

A
Participant shall not be permitted to transfer to the Trust any 

portion
of his distribution from any other qualified plan, nonqualified plan, or
individual retirement annuity or account.

3.06         Return of Contributions

Except
as provided below, at no time shall any contributions (or portions thereof)
revert to the Employer prior to discharge of all liabilities under the Plan -

                (a)           The Employer’s contributions to the
Plan are conditioned upon Section 404 of the Code.  If all or part of the Employer’s deductions
under Section 404 of the Code for contributions to the Plan are disallowed by
the Internal Revenue Service, the portion of the contributions to which that
disallowance applies shall be returned to the Employer without interest but
reduced by any investment loss attributable to those contributions.  The return shall be made within one year
after the disallowance of the deduction.

                (b)           The Employer may recover, without
interest, the amount of its contributions to the Plan made on account of a
mistake of fact, reduced by any investment loss attributable to those contributions,
if recovery is made within one year after the date of those contributions.

3.07         Contributions during Period of Service
in the Uniformed Services of the United States

(a)           Notwithstanding any provision of this
Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect
to qualified service in the uniformed services of the United States will be
provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code. Without regard to any
limitations on contributions set forth in this Article 3, a Participant who is
reemployed on or after August 1, 1990 and is credited with benefit service
under the provisions of Section 1.11 because of a period of service in the uniformed
services of the United States, may elect to contribute to the Plan the
Participant Contributions that could have been contributed to the Plan in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan had he or she remained continuously
employed by the Employer throughout such period of absence (“make-up
contributions”).  The amount of make-up
contributions shall be determined on the basis of the Participant’s
Compensation in effect immediately prior to the period of absence, and the
terms of the Plan at such time. Any contribution to the Plan described in this
paragraph shall be made during the applicable repayment period.  The repayment period shall equal three (3)
times the period of absence, but not longer than five (5) years and shall begin
on the latest of:  (i) the Participant’s
date of reemployment, (ii) October 13, 1996, or (iii) the date the Employer
notifies the Employee of his or her rights under this Section.  Credited interest on make-up contributions is
made in accordance with Section 1.04.

(b)           Participant Contributions under this
Section 3.07 are considered “Annual Additions,” as defined in Section 415(c)(2)
of the Code, and shall be limited in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.01
and Appendix A with respect to the Plan Year or Plan Years 

to
which such contributions relate rather than the Plan Year in which payment is
made.

Article
4.  Termination of Employment Prior to
Retirement

4.01         Amount of Vested Interest

(a)           A Participant shall at all times be
fully vested in his Accrued Pension Derived from Participant Contributions and
Residual Accrued Pension Derived from Participant Contributions, whichever is
applicable.

(b)           A Participant shall become fully
vested in his Accrued Pension Derived from Employer Contributions on the date
he (i) attains his Normal Retirement Age provided that the Participant is employed
by an Employer or Affiliated Employer on that date, or (ii) completes 5 years
of Vesting Service.

4.02         Distribution of Vested Interest

(a)           If, on his Severance from Service
Date, the Participant has no vested interest in his Accrued Pension, the
Participant shall be deemed to have received a cash lump sum of $0 (equal to
the present value of his vested Accrued Pension as of such termination date)
and such Accrued Pension shall be forfeited as of his Severance from Service
Date.

(b)           If, on his Severance from Service
Date, the Participant has a vested interest only in his Accrued Pension Derived
from Participant Contributions (i.e., he has no vested interest in his Accrued
Pension Derived from Employer Contributions), the Participant may elect:

                (i)            To receive a lump sum distribution
of his Accumulated Contributions, with Spousal Consent if the present value of his
vested Accrued Pension exceeds $5,000 (prior to August 5, 1997 this amount was
$3,500), in which event he will forfeit his Accrued Pension Derived from
Employer Contributions; however, if he later again becomes a Participant, he
may repay such Accumulated Contributions in accordance with the repayment
provisions contained in Section 4.03 in order to restore his prior Accrued
Pension;

(ii)           To receive his Accrued Pension
Derived from Participant Contributions in the form of an immediate annuity, commencing
as of the first day of the month immediately following the Participant’s
Severance from Service Date; the annuity shall be the Actuarial Equivalent
(determined without regard to the early retirement factors described in Section
5.03(b)) of the Participant’s Accrued Pension Derived from Participant
Contributions and shall be payable only as a Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity; or

                (iii)          To receive his Accrued Pension Derived
from Participant 

Contributions
commencing as of his Retirement Date.

(c)           If, on his Severance from Service
Date, the Participant has a vested interest only in his Accrued Pension Derived
from Employer Contributions (i.e., he has no Accumulated Contributions), he will
receive a deferred Pension based on such interest commencing as of his
Retirement Date.

(d)           If, on his Severance from Service
Date, the Participant has a vested interest in his Accrued Pension Derived from
Participant Contributions and his Accrued Pension Derived from Employer Contributions,
he may elect:

                (i)            To receive his entire Accrued
Pension commencing as of his Retirement Date;

                (ii)           Prior to the date that he commences
to receive the Pension described in Section 4.02(d)(i), to receive a lump sum distribution
of his Accumulated Contributions, with Spousal Consent if the present value of
his Accrued Pension exceeds $5,000 (prior to August 5, 1997 this amount was
$3,500); if he later again becomes a Participant, he may repay such Accumulated
Contributions in accordance with the repayment provisions contained in Section
4.03 in order to restore his prior Accrued Pension; in the event the
Participant does not repay his Accumulated Contributions, the Pension payable
to the Participant as of his Retirement Date shall be the sum of his (A)
Accrued Pension Derived from Employer Contributions and (B) Residual Accrued
Pension Derived from Participant Contributions; or

(iii)          Prior to the date that he commences to
receive the Pension described in Section 4.02(d)(i), to receive his Accrued Pension
Derived from Participant Contributions in the form of an immediate annuity; the
annuity shall be the Actuarial Equivalent (determined without regard to the
early retirement factors described in Section 5.03(b) unless the Participant
has attained age 55) of the Participant’s Accrued Pension Derived from
Participant Contributions and shall be payable only as a Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity; in the event the Participant elects to receive his Accrued
Pension Derived from Participant Contributions as an immediate annuity, the
additional Pension payable to the Participant as of his Retirement Date shall
be the sum of his (A) Accrued Pension Derived from Employer Contributions and
(B) Residual Accrued Pension Derived from Participant Contributions.

(e)           In any case, an immediate lump sum
payment, which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s vested Accrued
Pension, shall be made in lieu of all benefits if the value of the lump sum
payment is $5,000 (prior to August 5, 1997 this amount was $3,500) or
less.  The lump sum payment may be made
at any time on or after the date the Participant terminates employment. However,
if a lump sum payment is to be made after a Participant’s Annuity Starting
Date, the Participant must consent in writing to such form of distribution and,
if he is married, 

Spousal
Consent must also be obtained.  If a
Participant, who has a vested interest only in his Accrued Pension Derived from
Participant Contributions (i.e., he has no vested interest in his Accrued
Pension Derived from Employer Contributions), receives a lump sum distribution
in accordance with this subparagraph (e) and later again becomes a participant,
he may repay his Accumulated Contributions in accordance with the repayment provisions
contained in Section 4.03 in order to restore his prior Accrued Pension.

4.03         Repayment of Participant Contributions

                A
Participant who has received a prior distribution of his Accumulated Contributions
shall have forfeited his Accrued Pension Derived from Participant Contributions
to the extent of such distribution, and may have forfeited the related Accrued
Pension Derived from Employer Contributions. 
A Participant may restore such benefits by repaying the amount of the
prior distribution of Accumulated Contributions, plus interest at the rates
described in Section 1.04 from the date of the prior distribution to the date
of repayment.  Such repayment must be made:

(a)           In the case of an in-service
withdrawal as described in Section 3.03, within 5 years of the date of
withdrawal, or

(b)           In the case of a withdrawal after a
Severance from Service Date as described in Section 4.02, before the earlier of
(i) 5 years after the Participant is reemployed by the Employer or an Affiliated
Employer following the withdrawal, or (ii) the date the Participant incurs 5
consecutive one-year Breaks in Service after the withdrawal.

Article
5.  Eligibility for and Amount of Pension
Benefits

5.01         Normal Retirement

(a)           The right of a Participant to his
normal retirement Pension shall be nonforfeitable as of the date he attains his
Normal Retirement Age provided that the Participant is employed by an Employer
or Affiliated Employer on that date.  A
Participant who has attained Normal Retirement Age may retire and commence to
receive a normal retirement Pension, upon providing written notification to the
Administrative Committee, beginning as of his Normal Retirement Date, or he may
postpone his retirement Pension in which event the provisions of Section 5.02
shall be applicable.

(b)           Subject to Section 5.01(g), the
normal retirement Pension payable upon retirement on a Participant’s Normal
Retirement Date shall be a monthly benefit payable for life, equal to (i) plus,
where applicable (ii), as follows:

(i)            One and one-half percent (1.5%) of
the Participant’s Final Average Compensation multiplied by his Benefit Service accrued
after December 31, 1978.

(ii)           For a Participant who participated in
the Plan prior to January 1, 1979, the greater of:

(A)          The Participant’s accrued monthly
benefit as of December 31, 1978, determined in accordance with the terms of the
Plan in effect on that date; or

(B)           One and one-half percent (1.5%) of
the Participant’s Final Average Compensation multiplied by his Benefit Service
accrued prior to January 1, 1979.

(c)           Notwithstanding Section 5.01(b), with
respect to a Participant who is credited with an Hour of Service on or after
January 1, 1995, or who is on an approved Leave of Absence as of January 1,
1995, the Participant’s monthly normal retirement Pension shall not be less than
the sum of:

(i)            $60.00 multiplied by the Participant’s
Benefit Service not in excess of 20 years; and

(ii)           $80.00 multiplied by the Participant’s
Benefit Service in excess of 20 years.

(d)           Notwithstanding Section 5.01(b), a
Participant’s normal retirement Pension shall never be less than his Accrued
Pension Derived from Participant Contributions calculated as of his Normal
Retirement Age.

(e)           Notwithstanding Section 5.01(b), a
Participant’s normal retirement Pension shall not be less than the sum of:

(i)            His OBRA 1993 Accrued Pension; and

(ii)           His Accrued Pension determined as of
his Normal Retirement Date using Benefit Service and Compensation earned on and
after January 1, 1994.  For purposes of
this subparagraph (ii), the Participant’s Compensation in each of the relevant
years shall not exceed the Maximum Compensation Limitation (as adjusted in
accordance with Section 1.34) in effect for each of the relevant years on and
after January 1, 1994.

(f)            The following definitions apply to
the terms used in this Section 5.01:

                (i)            “OBRA 1988 Accrued Pension” means
the Participant’s Accrued Pension determined as if the Participant terminated employment
on December 31, 1988 (or date of termination, if earlier).

                (ii)           “OBRA 1993 Accrued Pension” means the
greater of:

                                                (A)          The Participant’s Accrued Pension,
determined using all Benefit Service and Compensation earned prior to 

January
1, 1994.  For purposes of this
subparagraph (A), the Participant’s Compensation in each of the relevant years
shall not exceed the $200,000 Maximum Compensation Limitation (as adjusted in
accordance with Section 1.34) in effect prior to January 1, 1994; or

(B)           The sum of (i) the Participant’s OBRA
1988 Accrued Pension, and (ii) the Participant’s Accrued Pension, determined
using Years of Service and Compensation earned after December 31, 1988, and
prior to January 1, 1994.  For purposes
of this subparagraph (B)(ii), the Participant’s Compensation in each of the relevant
years shall not exceed the $200,000 Maximum Compensation Limitation (as
adjusted in accordance with Section 1.34) in effect prior to January 1, 1994.

(g)           Upon a Retirement Date, a Participant
may elect to receive an immediate lump sum distribution of his Accumulated
Contributions. In such event, the benefits payable to the Participant pursuant to
this Section 5.01 shall be the sum of his (i) Accrued Pension Derived from
Employer Contributions and (ii) Residual Accrued Pension Derived from
Participant Contributions.

5.02         Postponed Retirement

(a)           If a Participant retires on a
Postponed Retirement Date or otherwise postpones his retirement Pension, he
shall commence to receive a late retirement Pension as of the earlier of (i)
the first day of the calendar month after his actual Retirement Date; (ii) the
date that he is required to commence receiving payment of his benefit in
accordance with Section 7.06(b); or (iii) the first day of the calendar month
after the calendar month in which the Participant is no longer employed in
Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service.

(b)           A late retirement Pension that
commences after the Participant elects a Postponed Retirement Date shall,
subject to the provisions of Section 7.02, be equal to:

(i)            With respect to any Participant who
during any month after his Normal Retirement Date is not employed in Section
203(a)(3)(B) Service, the Accrued Pension accrued by the Participant as of his
Normal Retirement Date determined in accordance with Section 5.01(b) above,
plus, for each Plan Year ending after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date
through the Participant’s Postponed Retirement Date, the greater of:

(A)          The additional Accrued Pension accrued
by the Participant for each such Plan Year determined in accordance with
Section 5.01(b) based on the Participant’s Compensation and Benefit Service
earned in such Plan Year, or

(B)           The actuarial increase in the Accrued
Pension accrued 

by
the Participant as of the end of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in
question to take into account the nonpayment of such benefits.

(ii)           With respect to all other
Participants, the greater of:

(A)          The Accrued Pension accrued by the
Participant determined in accordance with Section 5.01(b) based on the
Participant’s Final Average Compensation and Benefit Service as of his
Postponed Retirement Date, or

(B)           The Participant’s Accrued Pension as
of his Normal Retirement Date determined in accordance with Section 5.01(b),
actuarially increased to take into account the nonpayment of such benefits.

(c)           If a Participant’s Pension commences
in accordance with the requirements of Section 7.06(b), but before the
Participant elects a Postponed Retirement Date, the following provisions shall
apply:

(i)            The Pension payable to the Participant
as of the date required by Section 7.06(b) shall be calculated in accordance
with Section 5.02(b) above through the date the Pension will commence in
accordance with Section 7.06(b), rather than through the Participant’s
Postponed Retirement Date; and

(ii)           The amount of Pension to which a
Participant is entitled under the Plan shall be recalculated annually in
accordance with Section 5.02(b) above, during the period that the Participant
is still employed by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, as of the end of
each Plan Year with the amount of the Pension being paid adjusted as of the first
day of the following Plan Year.  Any
additional accrual during a Plan Year shall be reduced, however, by the
Actuarial Equivalent of the employer-derived portion of any payments during the
Plan Year to the Participant during any month in which the Participant is
employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service; provided, however, that such reduction
shall not exceed 25% of the amount of the Pension due the Participant before
application of the reduction provided for in this sentence.

(d)           A Participant who continues
employment past his Normal Retirement Date shall be given such notice with
respect to the suspension of his retirement benefit payments as is required by
applicable Department of Labor Regulations.

5.03         Early Retirement

(a)           A Participant who has not reached his
Normal Retirement Date but who, prior to his termination of employment with the
Employer and all Affiliated Employers, has reached an Early Retirement Date may

elect
to retire on an Early Retirement Date and commence to receive an early
retirement Pension as of the first day of the calendar month after he submits
to the Administrative Committee a written application for retirement benefits.

(b)           Unless the Participant otherwise
elects, the early retirement Pension shall be a deferred Pension beginning on
the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date and, subject to the provisions of
Section 7.02, shall be equal to his Accrued Pension.  However, the Participant may elect to receive
an early retirement Pension beginning on the first day of any calendar month on
or after his Early Retirement Date but before his Normal Retirement Date. The
Participant’s early retirement Pension shall be equal to the Participant’s
Accrued Pension reduced by one-third of one percent for each full calendar
month by which the date the Participant’s actual Early Retirement Date precedes
the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date; provided, however, that if the
Participant is credited with an Hour of Service on or after January 1, 1995, or
the Participant is on an approved Leave of Absence as of January 1, 1995, and
the sum of Participant’s age and Benefit Service as of his actual Early
Retirement Date equals at least 82, the Participant’s early retirement Pension
shall be equal to the Participant’s Accrued Pension reduced by one-third of one
percent for each full calendar month, if any, by which the date the Participant’s
actual Early Retirement Date precedes the date that the Participant will attain
age 62.

5.04         Disability Retirement

(a)           If a Participant ceases to be
employed by the Employer while an Employee on account of Disability, and he has
not reached his Normal Retirement Date, but (i) has attained age 45, (ii) has completed
10 years of Benefit Service, and (iii) is eligible for and continuously
receiving disability insurance benefits under the Social Security Act, the
Participant shall upon such termination of employment be eligible to receive a
disability retirement Pension beginning on the first day of the calendar month
immediately after the Administrative Committee receives written application for
the disability retirement Pension made by or for the Participant.

(b)           Subject to the provisions of Section
7.02, the disability retirement Pension shall be equal to the Participant’s
Accrued Pension determined in accordance with Section 5.03(b) as if the Participant
had elected to retire as of the date disability benefits commence, but it shall
only be payable subject to continuance of his Disability as provided in Section
5.04(c).

(c)           As a condition of his continuing to
receive a disability retirement Pension, a Participant who has not reached his
Normal Retirement Date may be required by the Administrative Committee to
provide satisfactory proof of his continued receipt of disability insurance
benefits under the Social Security Act. 
If the Participant refuses to provide that proof, his disability retirement
Pension shall cease until he no longer refuses to provide that proof.  If his refusal continues for a year, all rights
to the disability retirement Pension shall cease and the 

election
of an optional benefit if one has been elected shall no longer be
effective.  If the Administrative
Committee finds that the Participant has stopped receiving those disability
insurance benefits, his disability retirement Pension shall cease.  In that case, if the Participant is not
restored to service with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, he shall be
entitled to (1) retire on an early retirement Pension as of the first day of the
calendar month immediately after his disability retirement Pension ceases, if
as of the date his disability retirement Pension ceases, he has attained the
required age for early retirement, or (b) to receive a vested Pension payable
in accordance with Section 5.05.  In
either case, the Pension shall be equal to the Participant’s Accrued Pension
determined in accordance with Section 5.03(b) as if the Participant had elected
to retire as of the date disability benefits commenced.

5.05         Termination With Vesting

(a)           In accordance with Section 4.01, a
Participant shall be 100 percent vested in, and have a nonforfeitable right to,
his Accrued Pension on the date he (i) attains his Normal Retirement Age
provided that the Participant is employed by an Employer or Affiliated Employer
on that date, or (ii) completes 5 years of Vesting Service.  If the Participant’s employment with the Employer
is subsequently terminated for reasons other than retirement or death, he shall
be eligible for a deferred vested Pension to commence, as of a date described
in Section 5.05(b) below, after the Participant has provided written
notification to the Administrative Committee of his intention to commence receiving
his Pension benefits.

(b)           The deferred vested Pension shall
generally commence to be paid as of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date
and, subject to the provisions of Section 7.02, shall be equal to his Accrued Pension.  However, if the Participant has completed
five Years of Vesting Service on the date of his termination, the Participant may
elect to have his vested Pension commence as of the first day of any calendar
month after he attains age 55 and before his Normal Retirement Date.  In that case, the Participant’s Pension shall
be equal to the Participant’s vested Pension otherwise payable at his Normal
Retirement Date reduced by one-third of one percent for each full calendar
month by which the date the Participant’s actual Retirement Date precedes the
Participant’s Normal Retirement Date..

5.06         Adjustments to Pensions in Pay Status

(a)           Effective September 1, 1980, the
Pension payable to a Participant who is receiving a monthly annuity on that
date shall be increased by 3% for each complete year of retirement, measured from
the date benefits became payable and ending on September 1, 1980.

(b)           Effective January 1, 1986, the
Pension payable to a Participant who is receiving a monthly annuity on that
date shall be increased by the lesser of:

(i)            10%; or

(ii)           2% multiplied by the excess, if any,
of 1986 over the year benefits first became payable.

(c)           Effective January 1, 1990, the
Pension payable to a Participant who is receiving a monthly annuity on that
date shall be increased 10%.

5.07         Suspension of Benefits

(a)           During any month in which a
Participant who is receiving a Pension is employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B)
Service as an Eligible Employee, the following provisions shall apply provided that
the Participant is delivered a notice that complies with Department of Labor
Regulations Section 2530.203-3:

(i)            The Participant’s Pension shall
cease and any election of an optional benefit in effect shall be void.

(ii)           Any Years of Vesting Service and
Benefit Service to which the Participant was entitled when he retired or
terminated service shall be restored to him.

(iii)          Upon later retirement, termination, or
failure to be employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service, the Participant’s Pension
shall be calculated in accordance with the following:

(A)          If his reemployment occurred prior to
his Normal Retirement Date, his Pension shall be calculated under the benefit
formula in effect upon his latest Retirement Date, based on his Compensation
and Benefit Service before and after the period when he was not in the service
of the Employer, reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefits, if any,
he received before his return to service with the Employer; or

(B)           If his reemployment occurred on or
after his Normal Retirement Date, his Pension shall be equal to the benefit he
was receiving as of his rehire date plus any additional benefits he accrued on
account of his Compensation and Benefit Service after such rehire date.  Any additional accrual during a Plan Year shall
be reduced, however, by the Actuarial Equivalent of the employer-derived
portion of any payments during the Plan Year to the Participant during any
month in which the Participant is employed in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service;
provided, however, that such reduction shall not exceed 25% of the amount of
the Pension due the Participant before application of the reduction provided
for in this sentence.

(iv)          The portion of the Participant’s
Pension upon later 

retirement
payable with respect to Benefit Service rendered before his previous retirement
or termination of service shall never be less than the amount of his previous
Pension modified to reflect any option in effect on his later retirement.

(b)           The Administrative Committee shall
establish procedures consistent with Department of Labor Regulations Section
2530.203-3 regarding the suspension of benefits under this Section 5.07 including
but not limited to procedures for resumption of benefits, offsetting benefit
payments and notice regarding suspension of benefits.

5.08         Nonduplication of Benefits

Any
Pension payable under the Plan shall be reduced by any pension paid to a
Participant under the terms of any other defined benefit pension plan to which
the Employer contributes, directly or indirectly, other than by payment of
taxes, to the extent that such pension is based on a period of employment with
the Employer for which a Participant receives credit for Pension benefits under
this Plan.

Article
6.  Restrictions on Benefits and Payments

6.01         Maximum Annual Benefit Limitation and
Maximum Annual Additions Limitation

(a)           Subject to the adjustments described
in Appendix A, the annual Accrued Pension Derived from Employer Contributions
payable to a Participant under the Plan, when added to any pension attributable
to contributions of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer provided to the
Participant under any other qualified defined benefit plan, shall not exceed
the lesser of:

(i)            $90,000 (adjusted in accordance with
Appendix A); or

(ii)           The Participant’s average annual “Section
415 Compensation” (as defined in Appendix A) during three consecutive calendar
years of his participation in the Plan affording the highest such average, or
during all of the years in which he was a Participant in the Plan if less than
three years.

(b)           In accordance with the provisions of
Appendix A attached hereto, a Participant’s Participant Contributions for any
Plan Year, when added to the Participant’s “Annual Additions” (as defined in Appendix
A) for that Plan Year under any other qualified plan of the Employer or an
Affiliated Employer, shall not exceed an amount which is equal to the lesser of
(i) 25% of his “Section 415 Compensation” (as defined in Appendix A) for that Plan
Year or (ii) the greater of $30,000 or one-quarter of the 

dollar
limitation in effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code.

6.02         Top-Heavy Provisions

Notwithstanding
anything else contained herein, for any Plan Year for which this Plan is “top-heavy”,
as defined in Section B.02 of Appendix B attached hereto, this Plan will be
subject to the provisions of Appendix B.

6.03         Limitation Concerning Highly
Compensated Employees or Former Highly Compensated Employees

(a)           Beginning January 1, 1994, the
provisions of Appendix C shall apply (i) in the event the Plan is terminated,
to any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee or former Highly Compensated
Employee of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, and (ii) in any other
event, to any Participant who is one of the 25 highest compensated employees or
former highest compensated employees of the Employer or Affiliated Employer
with the greatest compensation in any Plan Year.

(b)           For the period beginning January 1,
1989, and ending December 31, 1993, the provisions of Appendix D shall apply to
any Participant who is one of the 25 highest paid Employees of the Employer on any
“Commencement Date” and whose anticipated annual Pension provided under the
Plan at Normal Retirement Date exceeds $1,500. “Commencement Date”, for
purposes of this Section 6.03(b), shall mean the Effective Date of the Plan or
the effective date of any amendment to the Plan which increases the benefits.

Article
7.  Form of Payment of Pension Benefits

7.01         Normal Form of Payment

The
normal form of payment payable under the Plan shall be a monthly benefit
payable for the life of the Participant.

7.02         Automatic Form of Payment

(a)           Except as provided in Section
7.02(b), the automatic form of payment payable under the Plan shall be a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, which is described in (i) and (ii) below:

 (i)           If
the Participant is not married on his Annuity Starting Date, the Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be equal to the normal form of payment
described in Section 7.01; provided, however, that if the Participant is
credited with an Hour of Service on or after January 1, 1995, or the Participant
is on an approved Leave of Absence as of January 1, 1995, the Qualified Joint
and Survivor Annuity shall be 

equal
to the Five Year Certain and Life Annuity described in Section 7.03(a)(ii), but
no actuarial adjustment shall be made to account for the five year certain period.

(ii)           If the Participant is married on his
Annuity Starting Date, the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be equal
to the Actuarial Equivalent of the normal form of payment, which provides (A)
for a reduced benefit payable to the Participant during his life, and (B) after
the Participant’s death, a benefit at the rate of 75% of the benefit paid to
the Participant, payable during the life of and to the Participant’s Spouse;
provided, however, that if the Participant is credited with an Hour of Service
on or after January 1, 1995, or the Participant is on an approved Leave of
Absence as of January 1, 1995, the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall
be equal to the 75% Joint and Survivor Annuity described in Section 7.03(a)(i),
but no actuarial adjustment shall be made to account for the five year certain period.

(b)           In any case, an immediate lump sum
payment, which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s vested Accrued
Pension, shall be made in lieu of all benefits if the value of the lump sum
payment does not exceed $5,000 ($3,500 prior to August 5, 1997).  The lump sum payment may be made at any time
on or after the date the Participant terminates employment.  However, if a lump sum payment is to be made
after a Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, the Participant must consent in
writing to such form of distribution and, if he is married, Spousal Consent
must also be obtained.  If a Participant,
who has a vested interest only in his Accrued Pension Derived from Participant Contributions
(i.e., he has no vested interest in his Accrued Pension Derived from Employer
Contributions), receives a lump sum distribution in accordance with this
subparagraph (b) and later again becomes a participant, he may repay his
Accumulated Contributions in accordance with the repayment provisions contained
in Section 4.03 in order to restore his prior Accrued Pension.

7.03         Optional Forms of Payment

 (a)          A
Participant who is credited with an Hour of Service on or after January 1,
1995, or who is on an approved Leave of Absence as of January 1, 1995, may,
subject to the provisions of Section 7.04, elect to convert the automatic form
of the Pension otherwise payable to him (other than a disability retirement
Pension) into one of the following optional forms of benefit:

(i)            Joint and Survivor Option — a
reduced Pension payable to the Participant during his life and, after his
death, payable to his designated Beneficiary for the remainder of her life, in an
amount equal to 50%, 75% or 100% (according to the election of the Participant)
of the Pension the Participant was receiving; provided, however, that if the
Participant’s Beneficiary dies before the Participant, the Participant shall
receive, commencing on the first day of the month after the Beneficiary dies,
the benefit he would have received as 

of
his Annuity Starting Date if he had elected the normal form of benefit
described in Section 7.01(a) (referred to as the “Pop-Up Feature”); provided
further that such Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be payable for a minimum of
60 months. If both the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary die during
the first 60 months of payment, a lump sum payment equal to the Actuarial
Equivalent of the remaining payments shall be paid to the estate of the
Participant unless the Participant’s Beneficiary dies after the Participant, in
which case, the lump sum payment shall be paid to the Beneficiary’s
estate.  This Option shall not be
available to a Participant whose Beneficiary is more than 30 years younger than
the Participant, unless the Beneficiary is the Participant’s Spouse.

(ii)           Five Year Certain and Life Option — a
Pension payable to the Participant during his life; provided, however, that
such annuity shall be payable for a minimum of 60 months.  If the Participant dies during the first 60
months of payment, the Pension shall be payable for the balance of the 60
months to the Beneficiary designated by the Participant when he elected the
option, or the Beneficiary may elect to receive a lump sum payment equal to the
Actuarial Equivalent of the remaining payments. 
If both the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary die during the
first 60 months of payment, a lump sum payment equal to the Actuarial
Equivalent of the remaining payments shall be paid to the estate of the Participant
unless the Participant’s Beneficiary dies after the Participant, in which case,
the lump sum payment shall be paid to the Beneficiary’s estate.

(iii)          Ten Year Certain and Life Option — a
Pension payable to the Participant during his life; provided, however, that
such annuity shall be payable for a minimum of 120 months.  If the Participant dies during the first 120
months of payment, the Pension shall be payable for the balance of the 120
months to the Beneficiary designated by the Participant when he elected the
option, or the Beneficiary may elect to receive a lump sum payment equal to the
Actuarial Equivalent of the remaining payments. 
If both the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary die during the
first 120 months of payment, a lump sum payment equal to the Actuarial
Equivalent of the remaining payments shall be paid to the estate of the Participant
unless the Participant’s Beneficiary dies after the Participant, in which case,
the lump sum payment shall be paid to the Beneficiary’s estate.

(iv)          Level Income Option — an increased
Pension payable to the Participant before commencement of Social Security
benefits and a correspondingly reduced Pension after commencement of Social
Security benefits such that the total income (from the adjusted Pension payable
pursuant to the Plan and the Social Security benefit to which the Participant
is entitled) shall be as level as practicable both before and after
commencement of Social Security benefits. 
Such Level Income Annuity shall be payable for a minimum of 60
months.  If the Participant dies during
the first 60 months of payment, the Pension (the 

amount
of which is determined as if the Participant had lived for the 60 months) shall
be payable for the balance of the 60 months to the Beneficiary designated by
the Participant when he elected the option, or the Beneficiary may elect to receive
a lump sum payment equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of the remaining
payments.  If both the Participant and
the Participant’s Beneficiary die during the first 60 months of payment, a lump
sum payment equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of the remaining payments shall
be paid to the estate of the Participant unless the Participant’s Beneficiary
dies after the Participant, in which case, the lump sum payment shall be paid
to the Beneficiary’s estate.  Effective
January 1, 1995, this Option shall not be available to a Participant who retires
on or after the date that the Participant attains age 62.

(b)           Except as otherwise provided in this
Section 7.03(b), the benefit payable under options (i) through (iv) above shall
be the Actuarial Equivalent of the normal form of payment described in Section
7.01. With respect to the Joint and Survivor Option, the Actuarial Equivalent
shall be based on the percentage of the benefit to be continued to the
surviving Beneficiary and the ages of both the Participant and his designated
Beneficiary, but no actuarial adjustment shall be made to account for the
Pop-Up Feature and the five year certain period.  With respect to the Five Year Certain and
Life Option, the Actuarial Equivalent shall be based on the age of the
Participant, but no actuarial adjustment shall be made to account for the five
year certain period.  With respect to the
Ten Year Certain and Life Option, the Actuarial Equivalent shall be based on
the age of the Participant and an actuarial adjustment shall be made to account
for the ten year certain period.  With respect
to the Level Income Option, the Actuarial Equivalent shall be based on the age
of the Participant and an estimate of the Social Security benefit that will be
payable to the Participant assuming that the Participant will commence
receiving Social Security Benefits on the date the Participant attains age 65,
but no actuarial adjustment shall be made to account for the five year certain
period.

 (c)          A
Participant who is not credited with an Hour of Service on or after January 1,
1995, and who is not on an approved Leave of Absence as of January 1, 1995,
may, subject to the provisions of Section 7.04, elect to convert the automatic
form of the Pension otherwise payable to him (other than a disability
retirement Pension) into one of the optional forms of benefit available in accordance
with the terms of the Plan in effect on December 31, 1994.

7.04         Election of Options

                (a)           A married Participant’s election of
any option shall be effective only if the Administrative Committee receives
Spousal Consent to the election unless:

(i)            The option is the Actuarial
Equivalent of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; and

(ii)           The option provides for monthly
payments to the Participant’s Spouse for life after the Participant’s death in
an amount equal to at least 50% but not more than 100% of the monthly amount
payable to the Participant under the option.

(b)           The Administrative Committee shall
furnish to each Participant, no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days
before his Annuity Starting Date, a written explanation in nontechnical
language of the terms and conditions of the benefit payable to the Participant
in the automatic and optional forms described in Sections 7.02(a) and
7.03.  Such explanation shall include a general
description of the eligibility conditions for, and the material features and
relative values of, the automatic and optional forms of benefit under the Plan,
any rights the Participant may have to defer commencement of his benefit, the requirement
for Spousal Consent as provided in Section 7.04(a), and the right of the
Participant to make and to revoke elections under Section 7.03.  An election under Section 7.03 shall be made on
a form provided by the Administrative Committee, and may be made only during
the 90-day period ending on the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, but not
prior to the date the Participant receives the written explanation described in
this Section 7.04(b).

(c)           An election of an option under
Section 7.03 may be revoked on a form provided by the Administrative Committee,
and subsequent elections and revocations may be made at any time and from time to
time during the 90-day election period. 
An election of an optional benefit shall be effective on the Participant’s
Annuity Starting Date.  A revocation of
any election shall be effective when the completed form is filed with the
Administrative Committee.  If a
Participant who has elected an optional benefit dies before the date the
election of the option becomes effective, the election shall be revoked except
as provided in Section 8.01.  If the
Beneficiary designated under an option dies before the date the election of the
option becomes effective, the election shall be revoked.

(d)           Notwithstanding the foregoing
subsections, if a Participant, who has been given the written explanation
described in Section 7.04(b) (referred to as the “Written Explanation”),
affirmatively elects a form of distribution and, where applicable, the Participant’s
spouse consents to such form of distribution the Participant’s Annuity Starting
Date may be less than thirty (30) days after the Written Explanation is given
to the Participant provided that:

(i)            The Company notifies the Participant
that he has the right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after receipt of
the Written Explanation to consider whether ot not to elect a distribution;

(ii)           The Company notifies the Participant
that he has the right 

to
revoke his election to commence receiving his distribution during the period
ending seven (7) days after the Participant receives the Written Explanation,
or , if later, the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date;

(iii)          The Participant’s Annuity Starting
Date is after the date the Written Explanation is provided to the Participant; provided,
however, that the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date may be before the
Participant makes an affirmative election to commence distribution and before
the expiration of the period described in Section 7.04(d)(ii); and

(iv)          The actual distribution of benefits to
the Participant does not commence before the expiration of the period described
in Section 7.04(d)(ii).

7.05         Method of Payment for Eligible Rollover
Distributions

(a)           Notwithstanding any provision of the
Plan to the contrary, effective January 1, 1993, if a Distributee is entitled
to receive an Eligible Rollover Distribution which exceeds $200, the Distributee
may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Administrative
Committee, and in accordance with this Section 7.05, to have his Eligible
Rollover Distribution paid in accordance with one of the following methods:

                (i)            All of the Eligible Rollover
distribution shall be paid directly to the Distributee;

                (ii)           All of the Eligible Rollover
Distribution shall be paid as a Direct Rollover to the Eligible Retirement Plan
designated by the Distributee; or

                (iii)          The portion of the Eligible Rollover
Distribution designated by the Participant, which portion shall be at least
$500, shall be paid as a Direct Rollover to the Eligible Retirement Plan
designated by the Distributee and the balance of the Eligible Rollover
Distribution shall be paid directly to the Distributee.

(b)           No less than 30 days and no more than
90 days prior to the Distributee’s Annuity Starting Date, the Administrative
Committee shall provide the Distributee with an election form and a notice that
satisfies the requirements of Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax
Regulations and Section 402(f) of the Code. 
In the event the Distributee does not return the signed election form by
his Annuity Starting Date, he shall be deemed to have elected the method of
payment described in Section 7.05(a)(i).

(c)           Notwithstanding the provisions of Section
7.05(b) above, distributions paid in accordance with Section 7.05(a) may commence
less than 30 days after the material described in Section 7.05(b) is given to
the Distributee provided that:

(i)            If the Distributee is the
Participant, the Actuarial 

Equivalent
of the Participant’s vested Accrued Pension does not exceed $5,000 ($3,500
prior to August 5, 1997);

                (ii)           If the Distributee is the Participant’s
Spouse, the Actuarial Equivalent of the Spouse’s Pension does not exceed $5,000
($3,500 prior to August 5, 1997);

                (iii)          The Distributee is notified that he
has the right to a period of at least 30 days after receipt of the material to consider
whether or not to elect a distribution; and

                (iv)          After receipt of such notification, he
affirmatively elects to receive a distribution.

(d)           The following definitions apply to
the terms used in this Section 7.05:

                (i)            “Eligible Rollover Distribution”
means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of
the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not
include:

(A)          Any distribution that is one of a
series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than
annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the
joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s
designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more;

(B)           Any distribution to the extent such
distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code;

(C)           The portion of any distribution that
is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion
for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and

(D)          Any other type of distribution that
the Internal Revenue Service announces (pursuant to regulation, notice or
otherwise) is not an Eligible Rollover Distribution pursuant to Section 402(c)
of the Code.

                (ii)           “Eligible Retirement Plan” means an
individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual
retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan
described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in
Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the Distributee’s Eligible Rollover
Distribution.  However, in the case of an
Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving Spouse, an Eligible Retirement
Plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

                (iii)          “Distributee” includes an Employee or
former Employee.  In addition, the
Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving Spouse and the Employee’s or former
Employee’s Spouse or 

former
Spouse who is the “alternate payee,” as defined in Section 414(p)(8) of the
Code, pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order are Distributees with
regard to the interest of the Spouse or former Spouse.

                (iv)          “Direct Rollover” means a payment by
the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

7.06         Commencement of Payments

(a)           Except as otherwise provided in this
Article 7, payment of a Participant’s Pension shall begin as soon as
administratively practicable following the latest of (i) the date the
Participant attains age 65, (ii) the fifth anniversary of the date on which he
became a Participant, or (iii) the date the Participant terminates service with
the Employer (but not more than 60 days after the close of the Plan Year in
which the latest of (i), (ii) or (iii) occurs).

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing,
distributions to a Participant shall be required by the April 1 following the calendar
year in which he/she attains age seventy and one-half (70.5) or retires, except
that a distribution to a Participant who owns five percent (5%) or more of the
outstanding stock of the Employer (or stock possessing more than five percent
(5%) of the total combined voting power of all Employer stock, a (“5% owner”)
must commence by the April 1 of the calendar year in which he or she attains age
seventy and one-half (70.5).

In
the event a Participant’s benefit commences under this subsection while the Participant
is in active service, such required beginning date shall be the Participant’s
Annuity Starting Date for purposes of this Article 6, and the Participant shall
receive a late retirement benefit commencing on or before his required
beginning date in an amount determined as if he had retired on his required
beginning date.  As of each succeeding January
1 prior to the Participant’s actual late retirement date and as of his actual
late retirement date, the Participant’s benefit shall be recomputed to reflect
additional accruals.  The Participant’s
recomputed benefit shall then be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent value of
the total payments of his late retirement benefits, which were paid prior to
each such recomputation, to arrive at the Participant’s late retirement benefit;
provided that no such reduction shall reduce the Participant’s late retirement
benefit below the amount of any late retirement benefit payable to the
Participant prior to the recomputation of his benefit.

(c)           In the event a Participant remains in
service after the end of the calendar year in which he attains age 70.5, and
payment of the Participant’s benefit is not required to commence under Section
7.06(c) above, then the benefit upon his late retirement shall be equal to the
greater of:

(i)            His Accrued Benefit as of his actual
retirement date; or

(ii)           His Accrued Benefit as of the April
1st that next follows the Plan Year in which he attains age 70.5 recomputed in accordance
with regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury as of the first day of
each subsequent Plan Year (and as of his actual retirement date), less the
Actuarial Equivalent of any distribution he has received, if any, subsequent to
the aforementioned April 1st.

(d)           Notwithstanding any provision of this
Plan to the contrary, all Plan distributions shall conform to the regulations
issued under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, including the incidental death benefit
provisions of Section 401(a)(9)(G) of the Code. 
Further, such regulations shall override any Plan provision that is inconsistent
with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.

With
respect to distributions made under this subsection for calendar years
beginning on or after January 1, 2001, the Plan will apply the minimum
distribution requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code in
accordance with the regulations under section 401(a)(9) that were proposed on
January 17, 2001, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary.
This amendment shall continue in effect until the end of the last calendar year
beginning before the effective date of final regulations under section
401(a)(9) or such other date as may be specified in guidance published by the
Internal Revenue Service.

Notwithstanding
the foregoing, Participants who attained age 70.5 prior to January 1, 1997
shall continue to receive minimum distributions in accordance with the terms of
the Plan in effect at that time.

Article
8. Death Benefits

8.01         Spouse’s Pension

(a)           If a married Participant, who is
credited with an Hour of Service on or after January 1, 1995, or who is on an
approved Leave of Absence as of January 1, 1995, dies prior to his Annuity
Starting Date and while in the active service of the Employer or an Affiliated
Employer after having met the requirements for any vested Pension, a Pension
shall be payable to his surviving Spouse for life in accordance with the
following:

(i)            If the Participant dies after a date
on which he could have retired pursuant to Section 5.01, 5.02 or 5.03,
whichever is applicable, the Spouse’s Pension shall be an amount payable as if
the Participant had retired and elected the 100% Joint and Survivor Annuity
described in Section 7.03(a)(i) on the day before his death.  Payment of the Spouse’s Pension shall commence
on the first day of the calendar month following the Participant’s date of
death, unless the Spouse makes a written election to defer commencement to a
later date, which date shall not be later than the date the Participant would 

have
attained age 65.

(ii)           If the Participant dies before a date
on which he could have retired, the Spouse’s Pension shall be an amount payable
as if the following events had occurred: (A) the Participant separated from
service on the date of his death or, if earlier, the date of his actual
separation from service, (B) the Participant survived to the earliest date he
could have retired, (C) the Participant retired and elected an immediate payment
of the 100% Joint and Survivor Annuity described in Section 7.03(a)(i), and (D)
the Participant died on the day after the earliest date he could have
retired.  Payment of the Spouse’s Pension
shall commence on the first day of the calendar month following the earliest
date the Participant could have retired, unless the Spouse makes a written election
to defer commencement to a later date, which date shall not be later than the
date the Participant would have attained age 65.

(b)           If a married Participant, who is
credited with an Hour of Service on or after January 1, 1995, or who is on an
approved Leave of Absence as of January 1, 1995, dies prior to his Annuity
Starting Date and after having terminated from the Employer or an Affiliated Employer
after having become entitled to a vested Pension, a Pension shall be payable to
his surviving Spouse for life in accordance with the following:

(i)            If the Participant dies after a date
on which he could have retired pursuant to Section 5.01, 5.02 or 5.03,
whichever is applicable, the Spouse’s Pension shall be an amount payable as if
the Participant had retired and elected the 75% Joint and Survivor Annuity
described in Section 7.03(a)(i) on the day before his death.  Payment of the Spouse’s Pension shall commence
on the first day of the calendar month following the Participant’s date of
death, unless the Spouse makes a written election to defer commencement to a
later date, which date shall not be later than the date the Participant would have
attained age 65.

(ii)           If the Participant dies before a date
on which he could have retired, the Spouse’s Pension shall be an amount payable
as if the following events had occurred: (A) the Participant separated from
service on the date of his death or, if earlier, the date of his actual
separation from service, (B) the Participant survived to the earliest date he
could have retired, (C) the Participant retired and elected an immediate payment
of the 75% Joint and Survivor Annuity described in Section 7.03(a)(i), and (D)
the Participant died on the day after the earliest date he could have
retired.  Payment of the Spouse’s Pension
shall commence on the first day of the calendar month following the earliest
date the Participant could have retired, unless the Spouse makes a written election
to defer commencement to a later date, which date shall not be later than the
date the Participant would have attained age 65.

(c)           If a married Participant, who is not
credited with an Hour of 

Service
on or after January 1, 1995, and who is not on an approved Leave of Absence as
of January 1, 1995, dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date and after having
become entitled to a vested Pension, a Pension shall be payable to his
surviving Spouse for life in accordance with the terms of the Plan in effect on
December 31, 1994.

(d)           In any case, an immediate lump sum
payment, which is equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of the Spouse’s Pension
shall be made in lieu of the Spouse’s Pension if the value of the lump sum
payment is equal to or less than $5,000 (prior to August 5, 1997 this amount was
$3,500).  The lump sum payment may be
made at any time on or after the date the Participant dies.  However, if a lump sum payment is to be made
after payment of the Spouse’s Pension is to commence, the Spouse must consent
in writing to such form of distribution.

8.02         Children’s Pension

(a)           If a Participant, who is credited
with an Hour of Service on or after January 1, 1995, or who is on an approved
Leave of Absence as of January 1, 1995, dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date
after having met the requirements for any vested Pension, and the Participant
is not survived by a Spouse, but is survived by a child or children who are
under the age of 23, a Pension shall be payable to such surviving child or
children in equal shares.  The total amount
of the Pension payable to the surviving child or children shall be equal to the
following:

(i)            If the Participant dies after a date
on which he could have retired pursuant to Section 5.01, 5.02 or 5.03,
whichever is applicable, the Pension payable as if the Participant had retired
on the day before his death.

(ii)           If the Participant dies before a date
on which he could have retired, the Actuarial Equivalent of the Pension payable
as if the following events had occurred: (A) the Participant separated from
service on the date of his death or, if earlier, the date of his actual
separation from service, and (B) the Participant retired on the earliest date
he could have retired.

Such
benefit shall be payable until each such child attains age 23; provided,
however, that such annuity shall be payable for a minimum of 60 months.

(b)           If a Participant’s surviving Spouse
dies after benefits have commenced pursuant to Section 8.01, and the Surviving
Spouse is survived by a child or children of the Participant who are under the
age of 23, a Pension equal to the benefit received by the surviving Spouse
pursuant to Section 8.01 prior to her death shall be payable to such surviving
child or children in equal shares until each one attains age 23; provided,
however, that if the Participant is credited with an Hour of Service on or
after January 1, 1995, or the Participant is on an approved Leave of Absence as

of
January 1, 1995, such annuity shall be payable for a minimum of 60 months
(including the payments to the Spouse).

(c)           In any case, an immediate lump sum
payment, which is equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of the Pension payable to
the surviving child or children shall be made in lieu of such Pension if the
value of the lump sum payment is equal to or less than $5,000 (prior to August
5, 1997 this amount was $3,500).  The
lump sum payment may be made at any time on or after the date the Participant
or Spouse dies, whichever is applicable.

8.03         Death Benefit Payable to Participant’s
Estate

If
a Participant, who is credited with an Hour of Service on or after January 1,
1995, or who is on an approved Leave of Absence as of January 1, 1995, dies
prior to his Annuity Starting Date after having met the requirements for any
vested Pension, and the Participant is not survived by a Spouse or children
under the age of 23, a single lump sum payment shall be immediately payable to his
estate in an amount equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of the following:

(a)           If the Participant dies after a date
on which he could have retired pursuant to Section 5.01, 5.02 or 5.03,
whichever is applicable, the Pension payable as if the Participant had retired
on the day before his death and elected the Five Year Certain and Life Annuity
described in Section 7.03(a)(ii).

(b)           If the Participant dies before a date
on which he could have retired, the Pension payable as if the following events
had occurred: (A) the Participant separated from service on the date of his
death or, if earlier, the date of his actual separation from service, (B) the
Participant survived to the earliest date he could have retired, (C) the
Participant retired and elected an immediate payment of the Five Year Certain
and Life Annuity described in Section 7.03(a)(ii), and (D) the Participant died
on the day after the earliest date he could have retired.

8.04         Accumulated Contributions

In
the event that a Participant’s Accumulated Contributions exceed the aggregate
benefits paid under the Plan to the Participant and each of the Participant’s
Beneficiaries as of the date that such payments cease under the terms of the
Plan (or if no payments are otherwise payable under the terms of the Plan), an
immediate lump sum distribution of such excess shall be payable in the
following order of priority: (a) to the Participant’s surviving child or
children in equal shares, (b) the estate of the last to die of the surviving
children, (c) to the Participant’s Beneficiary, (d) the estate of the
Participant’s Beneficiary, or (e) the estate of the Participant.

Article
9.  Administration of the Plan

9.01         Appointment of Administrative Committee

The
general administration of the Plan and the responsibility for carrying out the
provisions of the Plan shall be placed in the Administrative Committee
appointed by the President of the Company to serve at the pleasure of the
President.  The Administrative Committee shall
be composed of at least 3 members.  Any
person appointed a member of the Administrative Committee shall signify his
acceptance by filing written acceptance with the President of the Company.  Any member of the Administrative Committee
may resign by delivering his written resignation to the President of the
Company.

9.02         Duties of Administrative Committee

The
members of the Administrative Committee (i) shall elect a chairperson from
their number and a secretary who may be, but need not be, one of the members of
the Administrative Committee; (ii) may appoint from their number such
subcommittees with such powers as they shall determine; (iii) may authorize one
or more of their number or any agent to execute or deliver any instrument or
make any payment on their behalf; (iv) may retain counsel, employ agents and
provide for such clerical, accounting, actuarial and consulting services as
they may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan; and (v) may allocate
among themselves or delegate to other persons all or such portion of their duties
under the Plan, other than those granted to the Trustee under the trust
instrument adopted for use in implementing the Plan, as they, in their sole
discretion, shall decide.

9.03         Meetings

The
Administrative Committee shall hold meetings upon such notice, at such place or
places, and at such time or times as the members of the Administrative
Committee may from time to time determine.

9.04         Action of Majority

Any
act which the Plan authorizes or requires of the Administrative Committee shall
be done by a majority of its members. 
The action of that majority expressed from time to time by a vote at a
meeting or in writing without a meeting shall constitute the action of the Administrative
Committee and shall have the same effect for all purposes as if assented to by
all members of the Administrative Committee at the time in office.

9.05         Compensation and Bonding

No
member of the Administrative Committee shall receive any compensation from the
Plan for his services as such.  The
Company shall purchase such bonds as may be required under ERISA.

9.06         Establishment of Rules

Subject
to the limitations of the Plan, the Administrative Committee shall prescribe
such forms, make such rules, regulations, interpretations and computations, and
shall take such other action to administer the Plan, as it may deem
appropriate.  In administering the Plan,
the Administrative Committee shall act in a uniform and 

nondiscriminatory
manner and in full accordance with any and all laws applicable to the Plan.

9.07         Manner of Administering

The
Administrative Committee shall have the sole and complete discretion to
interpret and administer the terms of the Plan and to determine eligibility for
benefits and the amount of any such benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan,
and in so doing the Administrative Committee may correct defects, supply
omissions and reconcile inconsistencies to the extent necessary to effectuate
the Plan, and such actions shall be binding and conclusive on all persons.

9.08         Prudent Conduct

The
members of the Administrative Committee shall use that degree of care, skill,
prudence and diligence that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and
familiar with such matters would use in a similar situation.

9.09         Service In More Than One Fiduciary
Capacity

                Any
individual, entity or group of persons may serve in more than one fiduciary
capacity with respect to the Plan and/or the funds of the Plan.

9.10         Limitation of Liability

The
Employer, the members of the Board of Directors, the members of the Administrative
Committee, and any officer, employee or agent of the Employer shall not incur
any liability individually or on behalf of any other individuals or on behalf
of the Employer for any act, or failure to act, made in good faith in relation
to the Plan or the funds of the Plan. 
However, this limitation shall not act to relieve any such individual or
the Employer from a responsibility or liability for any fiduciary
responsibility, obligation or duty under Part 4, Title I of ERISA.

9.11         Indemnification

The
members of the Administrative Committee, members of the Board of Directors,
officers, employees and agents of the Employer shall be indemnified against any
and all liabilities arising by reason of any act, or failure to act, in
relation to the Plan or the funds of the Plan, including, without limitation,
expenses reasonably incurred in the defense of any claim relating to the Plan
or the funds of the Plan, and amounts paid in any compromise or settlement
relating to the Plan or the funds of the Plan, except for willful and
intentional actions or failures to act. 
The foregoing indemnification shall be from the funds of the Plan to the
extent of those funds and to the extent permitted under applicable law;
otherwise from the assets of the Employer.

9.12         Expenses of Administration

All
expenses that arise in connection with the administration of the Plan,
including but not limited to the compensation of the Trustee, administrative
expenses and proper charges and disbursements of the 

Trustee
and compensation and other expenses and charges of any enrolled actuary,
counsel, accountant, specialist, or other person who has been retained by the
Administrative Committee in connection with the administration thereof, shall
be paid from the Trust to the extent not paid by the Employer.

9.13         Claims and Review Procedures

(a)           Applications for benefits and
inquiries concerning the Plan (or concerning present or future rights to
benefits under the Plan) shall be submitted to the Administrative Committee in
writing. An application for benefits shall be submitted on the prescribed form
and shall be signed by the applicant.

(b)           In the event that an application for
benefits is denied in whole or in part, the Administrative Committee shall
notify the applicant in writing of the denial and of the right to review of the
denial.  The written notice shall set
forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the applicant, specific
reasons for the denial, specific references to the provisions of the Plan on
which the denial is based, a description of any information or material
necessary for the applicant to perfect the application, an explanation of why
the material is necessary, and an explanation of the review procedure under the
Plan.  The written notice shall be given
to the applicant within a reasonable period of time (not more than 90 days)
after the Administrative Committee receives the application, unless special
circumstances require further time for processing and the applicant is advised of
the extension.  In no event shall the
notice be given more than 180 days after the Administrative Committee receives
the application.

(c)           An applicant whose application for
benefits was denied in whole or part, or the applicant’s duly authorized
representative, may appeal the denial by submitting to the Administrative
Committee a request for a review of the application within 60 days after receiving
written notice of the denial from the Administrative Committee.  The Administrative Committee shall give the
applicant or his representative an opportunity to review pertinent materials,
other than legally privileged documents, in preparing the request for a
review.  The request for a review shall
be in writing and addressed to the Administrative Committee.  The request for a review shall set forth all
of the grounds on which it is based, all facts in support of the request and
any other matters that the applicant deems pertinent.  The Administrative Committee may require the
applicant to submit such additional facts, documents or other materials as it
may deem necessary or appropriate in making its review.

(d)           The Administrative Committee shall
act on each request for a review within 60 days after receipt, unless special
circumstances require further time for processing and the applicant is advised of
the extension.  In no event shall the
decision on review be rendered more than 120 days after the Administrative
Committee receives the request for a review. 
The Administrative Committee shall give prompt written notice of its
decision to the applicant.  In the event
that the Administrative Committee 

confirms
the denial of the application for benefits in whole or in part, the notice
shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the applicant, the
specific reasons for the decision and specific references to the provisions of
the Plan on which the decision is based.

(e)           No legal action for benefits under
the Plan shall be brought unless and until the claimant (i) has submitted a
written application for benefits in accordance with paragraph (a), (ii) has
been notified by the Administrative Committee that the application is denied,
(iii) has filed a written request for a review of the application in accordance
with paragraph (c) and (iv) has been notified in writing that the
Administrative Committee has affirmed the denial of the application; provided, however,
that legal action may be brought after the Administrative Committee has failed
to take any action on the claim within the time prescribed by paragraphs (b)
and (d) above.

Article
10.  Management of Funds

10.01       The Trustee

All
the funds of the Plan shall be held in the Trust by a Trustee appointed from
time to time by the Company under a trust instrument adopted, or as amended, by
the Company for use in providing the benefits of the Plan and paying its
expenses not paid directly by an Employer. 
No Employer shall have any liability for the payment of benefits under
the Plan nor for the administration of the Trust held by the Trustee.

10.02       Exclusive Benefit Rule

Except
as otherwise provided in the Plan, no part of the corpus or income of the funds
of the Plan shall be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the
exclusive benefit of Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under
the Plan, and paying Plan expenses not otherwise paid by the Employer, before
the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to them. No person shall have
any interest in or right to any part of the earnings of the Trust, or any right
in, or to, any part of the assets held under the Plan, except as and to the extent
expressly provided in the Plan.

10.03       Appointment of Investment Manager

The
Company, in its sole discretion, shall determine the investment policy for the
Plan.  However, the Company may, in its
sole discretion, appoint one or more Investment Managers to manage the assets
of the Plan (including the power to acquire and dispose of all or part of such assets)
as the Company shall designate.  In that
event, the authority over and responsibility for the management of the assets
so designated shall be the sole responsibility of that Investment Manager.

Article
11.  Amendment, Merger and Termination

11.01       Amendment of the Plan

The
Company, by action of its Board of Directors, may at any time and from time to
time, and retroactively if deemed necessary or appropriate, amend in whole or
in part any or all of the provisions of the Plan.  However, no amendment shall make it possible
for any part of the funds of the Plan to be used for, or diverted to, purposes
other than for the exclusive benefit of persons entitled to benefits under the
Plan, before the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to them.  No amendment shall be made which has the
effect of decreasing the Accrued Pension of any Participant or of reducing the nonforfeitable
percentage of the Accrued Pension of a Participant below the nonforfeitable
percentage computed under the Plan as in effect on the date on which the
amendment is adopted or, if later, the date on which the amendment becomes
effective.  No amendment shall be made which
affects the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Trustee unless the
Trustee provides written consent to such amendment.

11.02       Merger or Consolidation

The
Company may, in its sole discretion, merge this Plan with another qualified
plan, subject to any applicable legal requirements.  However, the Plan may not be merged or
consolidated with, and its assets or liabilities may not be transferred to, any
other plan unless each person entitled to benefits under the Plan would, if the
resulting plan were then terminated, receive a benefit immediately after the
merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit
he would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger,
consolidation, or transfer if the Plan had then terminated.

11.03       Additional Participating Employers

(a)           If any company is now or becomes a
subsidiary or associated company of an Employer, the Company may include the
employees of that company as participants in the Plan upon appropriate action by
that company necessary to adopt the Plan. 
In that event, or if any persons become Employees of an Employer as the
result of merger or consolidation or as the result of acquisition of all or part
of the assets or business of another company, the Company shall determine to
what extent, if any, credit and benefits shall be granted for previous service
with the subsidiary, associated or other company, but subject to the continued
qualification of the trust for the Plan as tax-exempt under the Code.

                (b)           Any subsidiary or associated company
may terminate its participation in the Plan upon appropriate action by it.  In that event, the Company may, in its sole
discretion (i) retain all or a portion of the Participants in the employ of
that associated company as terminated participants in the Plan or (ii) direct that
the Trustee segregate the funds of the Plan held on account of all or a portion
of the Participants in the employ of that associated company, and direct that
the segregated assets be spun 

off
into a separate plan to be administered by the associated company.

11.04       Termination of the Plan

The
Company, by action of its Board of Directors, may terminate the Plan for any
reason at any time.  In case of
termination of the Plan, the rights of Participants to their Accrued Pensions
as of the date of the termination, to the extent then funded or protected by
law, if greater, shall be nonforfeitable. 
The funds of the Plan shall be used for the exclusive benefit of persons
entitled to benefits under the Plan as of the date of termination, except as
provided in Section 3.06. However, any funds not required to satisfy all
liabilities of the Plan for benefits because of erroneous actuarial computation
shall be returned to the Company.  The
Administrative Committee shall determine on the basis of actuarial valuation
the share of the funds of the Plan allocable to each person entitled to
benefits under the Plan in accordance with Section 4044 of ERISA, or
corresponding provision of any applicable law in effect at the time.  In the event of a partial termination of the
Plan, the provisions of this Section 11.04 shall be applicable to the
Participants affected by that partial termination.

Article
12.  General Provisions

12.01       Nonalienation; Qualified Domestic
Relations Orders

(a)           Except as required by any applicable
law, no benefit under the Plan shall in any manner be anticipated, assigned or
alienated, and any attempt to do so shall be void.  However, payment shall be made in accordance
with the provisions of any Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

(b)           An immediate lump sum payment, which
is the Actuarial Equivalent of the series of payments provided for in a
Qualified Domestic Relations Order, shall be made in lieu of the series of
payments if the value of the lump sum payment is $3,500 or less.

12.02       Conditions of Employment Not Affected by
Plan

The
establishment of the Plan shall not confer any legal rights upon any Employee
or other person for a continuation of employment, nor shall it interfere with
the right of the Employer (which right is hereby reserved) to discharge any
Employee and to treat him without regard to the effect which that treatment
might have upon him as a Participant or potential Participant of the Plan.

12.03       Facility of Payment

(a)           If the Administrative Committee finds
that a Participant or other person entitled to a benefit is unable to care for
his affairs because of illness or accident, the Administrative Committee may direct
that any benefit due him, unless a claim has been made for the benefit by a
duly appointed legal representative, be paid to his Spouse, a child, a parent
or other blood relative, or to a 

person
with whom he resides.  Any payment so
made shall be a complete discharge of the liabilities of the Plan for that benefit.

(b)           If the Administrative Committee finds
that a Participant or other person entitled to a benefit is a minor, the
Administrative Committee may direct that any benefit due him, unless a claim
has been made for the benefit by a duly appointed legal representative, be paid
in the following order of preference: (i) to the minor’s custodial parent(s);
(ii) if no custodial parent of the minor is then living, to a custodian
selected by the Administrative Committee to hold the funds for the minor under the
Uniform Transfers or Gifts to Minors Act in effect in the jurisdiction in which
the minor resides; (iii) if the Administrative Committee decides not to select
a custodian pursuant to subparagraph (ii), to the duly appointed and currently
acting guardian of the estate of the minor; or (iv) if no guardian of the
estate of the minor is duly appointed or currently acting within 60 days of the
date the amount becomes payable, to the court having jurisdiction over the
estate of the minor.

12.04       Information

(a)           Each Participant, Beneficiary or other
person entitled to a benefit, before any benefit shall be payable to him or on
his account under the Plan, shall file with the Administrative Committee the
information that it shall require to establish his rights and benefits under
the Plan.

(b)           If a Participant in his application
for retirement income, or in response to any request by the Employer or
Administrative Committee for information, makes any statement which is
erroneous or omits any material fact or fails before receiving his first payment
to correct any information that he previously incorrectly furnished to the
Employer or the Administrative Committee for its records, the amount of his
Pension shall be adjusted on the basis of the current facts, and the amount of
any overpayment or underpayment made to the Participant shall be deducted from,
or added to, his next succeeding payments as the Administrative Committee shall
direct.

12.05       (Reserved)

12.06       Proof of Death and Right of Beneficiary
or Other Person

The
Administrative Committee may require and rely upon such proof of death and such
evidence of the right of any Beneficiary or other person to receive the value
of the Plan benefits of a deceased Participant as the Administrative Committee
may deem proper, and its determination of death and of the right of that
Beneficiary or other person to receive payment shall be conclusive.

12.07       Failure to Locate Recipient

In
the event that the Administrative Committee is unable to locate a 

Participant
or Beneficiary who is entitled to payment under the Plan within 7 years from
the date such payment was to have been made, the amount to which such
Participant or Beneficiary was entitled shall be declared a forfeiture and
shall be used to reduce future Employer contributions to the Plan.  If the Participant or Beneficiary is later located,
the benefit which was previously forfeited hereunder shall be restored by means
of an additional Employer contribution to the Plan, if necessary.

12.08       Action by the Board of Directors

Any
action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors under the
Plan shall be by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors at a meeting held
either in person or by telephone or other electronic means, or by unanimous
written consent in lieu of a meeting. 
The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, appoint the Executive
Committee or another Committee to take those actions on its behalf which are
the responsibility of the Board of Directors in accordance with the terms of
the Plan.

12.09       Construction

(a)           The Plan shall be construed,
regulated and administered pursuant to the laws of the State of California,
except where ERISA controls.

(b)           If any provision of this instrument
is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable,
the remaining provisions hereof shall continue to be fully effective.

(c)           The use of the masculine pronoun in
this Plan shall include the feminine pronoun wherever appropriate, and vice
versa.

(d)           The use of the singular form of a
word in this Plan shall include the plural form wherever appropriate, and vice
versa.

(e)           The titles and headings of the
Articles and Sections in this Plan are for convenience only.  In the case of ambiguity or inconsistency,
the text rather than the titles or headings shall control.

 

 

Execution
of the Plan

The
Farmer Bros. Co. Retirement Plan is hereby executed this 27th day of February,
2002.

	
  /s/ John E. Simmons

  	
   

  
	
  (Signature)

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Treasurer

  	
   

  
	
  (Title)

  	
   

  

 

Appendix
A.   Maximum Annual Benefit Limitation and Maximum Annual Additions Limitation

Section
6.01 of the Plan shall be construed in accordance with this Appendix A.  Unless the context clearly requires
otherwise, words and phrases used in this Appendix A shall have the same
meanings that are assigned to them under the Plan.

The
Plan Year shall be considered a “limitation year” for purposes of this Appendix
A and Section 415 of the Code.

A.01        Definitions

The
following words and phrases, when used in this Appendix A with an initial capital
letter, shall have the following meanings, unless the context clearly indicates
otherwise:

 

                “Annual Additions” on behalf of
a Participant under the Plan or any other qualified plan maintained by the
Employer or an Affiliated Employer for the Plan Year shall not include
transfers to the Plan from any other qualified plan but shall include:

(a)           The total contributions made on
behalf of the Participant by the Employer and all Affiliated Employers under
any qualified Defined Contribution Plan,

(b)           With respect to limitation years
beginning before 1987, the lesser of the part of the Participant’s
contributions in excess of 6% of his Section 415 Compensation or one-half of
his total contributions to any qualified Defined Contribution Plan maintained
by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer,

(c)           With respect to Limitation Years
beginning after 1986, all of the Participant’s contributions to any qualified
Defined Contribution Plan maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer,

(d)           Forfeitures, if applicable, that have
been allocated on behalf of the Participant under any qualified Defined
Contribution Plan maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer,

(e)           Voluntary or mandatory contributions
made by the Participant under this Plan or another qualified Defined Benefit
Plan maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, and

(f)            Contributions made on behalf of the
Participant to an “individual medical benefit account” under a pension or
annuity plan maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, as
described, and to the extent required, under Section 415(l) of the Code.

“Defined
Benefit Plan” means any qualified pension plan which is not a Defined
Contribution Plan; however, in the case of a Defined Benefit Plan which
provides a benefit which is based partly on the balance of the separate account
of a participant, that plan shall be treated as a Defined Contribution Plan to
the extent benefits are based on the separate account of a participant and as a
Defined Benefit Plan with respect to the remaining portion of the benefits under
the plan.

“Defined
Benefit Plan Fraction” for any limitation year is a fraction -

(a)           The numerator of which is the
projected annual benefit of the Participant (determined as of the close of the
limitation year) under all Defined Benefit Plans maintained by the Employer or
an Affiliated Employer; and

(b)           The denominator of which is the
lesser of (i) or (ii) below:

(i)            The product of 1.25 multiplied by
the defined benefit plan dollar limitation under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the
Code (automatically adjusted each year as described in Section A.02(d)) in
effect for such limitation year; or

(ii)           The product of 1.4 multiplied by an
amount that is 100% of the Participant’s average Section 415 Compensation for
the 

three
consecutive years in which his Section 415 Compensation was the highest.

“Defined
Contribution Plan” means any qualified pension plan which provides for an
individual account for each participant and for benefits based solely upon the
amount contributed to the participant’s account, and any income, expenses,
gains and losses, and any forfeitures of accounts of other participants which
may be allocated to that participant’s accounts, subject to the limitations
described in the definition of “Defined Benefit Plan” above.

“Defined
Contribution Plan Fraction” for any limitation year is a fraction —

(a)           The numerator of which is the sum of
the Annual Additions made by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer on behalf
of the Participant for such limitation year and all prior limitation years; and

(b)           The denominator of which is the sum
of the lesser of (i) or (ii) below determined for such limitation year and for
each prior year of service with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer:

                                (i)            The product of 1.25 multiplied by
the defined contribution plan dollar limitation under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of
the Code (automatically adjusted every year as described in Section A.02(d));
or

(ii)           The product of 1.4 multiplied by an
amount equal to 25% of the Participant’s Section 415 Compensation for such
year.

At
the direction of the Administrative Committee, the portion of the denominator
of that fraction with respect to limitation years ending before 1983 shall be
computed as the denominator for the limitation year ending in 1982, as determined
under the law as then in effect, multiplied by a fraction the numerator of
which is the lesser of:

(A)          $51,875; or

(B)           1.4 multiplied by 25% of the
Participant’s Section 415 Compensation for the limitation year ending in 1981; 

and
the denominator of which is the lesser of:

(A)          $41,500; or

(B)           25% of the Participant’s Section 415
Compensation for that limitation year.

“Section
415 Compensation” means wages, salaries, fees for professional services, and
other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in
cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with
the Employer or an Affiliated Employer to

the
extent that the amounts are includible in gross income (including, but not
limited to, commissions paid salespersons, compensation for services on the
basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips,
bonuses, fringe benefits, reimbursements, and expense allowances), and
excluding:

(a)           Contributions made by the Employer or
an Affiliated Employer on behalf of the Participant to the Plan or any other
plan of deferred compensation maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer;

(b)           Amounts realized from the exercise of
a non-qualified stock option;

(c)           Amounts realized when restricted
stock is no longer subject to substantial risk of forfeiture;

(d)           Amounts realized from the disposition
of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

(e)           Other amounts that receive special
tax benefits.

Effective
January 1, 1998, Section 415 Compensation also includes any pre-tax
contributions pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not
includible in the gross income of the Employee under Sections 125, 401(k),
402(g)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code. On or after January 1, 2001,
Code Section 132(f) transportation benefits are also included in determining
Section 415 Compensation.

“Social
Security Retirement Age” means age 65 with respect to a Participant who was
born before January 1, 1938; age 66 with respect to a Participant who was born
after December 31, 1937, and before January 1, 1955; and age 67 with respect to
a Participant who was born after December 31, 1954.

A.02        Adjustments to Maximum Annual Benefit
Limitation

(a)           The maximum annual benefit limitation
described in Section 6.01(a) shall be subject to the following adjustments:

(i)            Less than 10 Years of
Participation.  If the Participant has
not been a Participant in the Plan for at least 10 years, the maximum annual
benefit limitation in Section 6.01(a)(i) shall be multiplied by the ratio that
the number of years of his participation in the Plan bears to 10.

(ii)           Less than 10 Years of Vesting
Service.  If the Participant has not
completed 10 Years of Vesting Service, the maximum annual benefit limitation in
Section 6.01(a)(ii) shall be multiplied by the ratio that the number of his
Years of Vesting Service bears to 10.

(iii)          Payment Before Age 62.  If the benefit begins before the Participant
attains age 62, the maximum annual benefit 

limitation
in Section 6.01(a)(i) shall be equal to the lesser of the Actuarial Equivalent
of the maximum annual benefit limitation at age 62 (as determined in accordance
with Section A.02(a)(iv) below) calculated using the following:

(i)            The early retirement factors
prescribed in the Plan (or in the absence of prescribed factors, the mortality
table and interest rate prescribed in the definition of Actuarial Equivalent);
or

(ii)           The IRS Mortality Table and an
interest rate equal to 5%. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the mortality decrement shall be applied
only on a post-retirement basis where the Plan benefits are not subject to forfeiture
upon the Participant’s death prior to his Annuity Starting Date.

(iv)          Payment After Age 62 And Before Social
Security Retirement Age.  If the benefit
begins before the Participant’s Social Security Retirement Age but on or after
the date he attains age 62, the maximum annual benefit limitation in Section
6.01(a)(i) shall be reduced by 5/9 of one percent for each of the first 36
months plus 5/12 of one percent for each additional month by which the
Participant is younger than the Social Security Retirement Age at the date his
benefit begins.

(v)           Payment After Social Security
Retirement Age.  If the benefit begins
after the Participant’s Social Security Retirement Age, the maximum annual
benefit limitation in Section 6.01(a)(i) shall be equal to the lesser of the Actuarial
Equivalent of the maximum annual benefit limitation at the Participant’s Social
Security Retirement Age calculated using:

(i)            The deferred retirement factors prescribed
in the Plan (or in the absence of prescribed factors, the mortality table and
interest rate prescribed in the definition of Actuarial Equivalent); or

(ii)           The IRS Mortality Table and an
interest rate equal to 5%. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the mortality decrement shall be applied
only on a post-retirement basis where the Plan benefits are not subject to forfeiture
upon the Participant’s death prior to his Annuity Starting Date.

(b)           The limitations in Section 6.01 shall
not apply to any Participant who has not at any time participated in any
Defined Contribution Plan maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer
if the Participant’s total annual retirement benefit payable under the Plan and
all other Defined Benefit Plans maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated
Employer does not exceed $10,000.

(c)           A Participant’s benefit shall be
subject to the following adjustments before the application of the maximum
annual benefit limitation in Section 6.01(a) and, as so modified, shall be subject
to such limitation:

(i)            If the Participant’s benefit is
payable as a joint and survivor annuity with his Spouse as the Beneficiary, the
modification of the benefit for that form of payment shall be made before the
application of the maximum limitation in Section 6.01(a) and, as so modified,
shall be subject to the limitation.

(ii)           If the Participant’s benefit is
payable in a form that is neither described in Section A.01(c)(i) nor a
straight life annuity, the Participant’s benefit shall be converted to a straight
life benefit before the application of the maximum benefit limitation in
Section 6.01(a)(i) and, as so modified, shall be subject to such
limitation.  For purposes of the
subsection, the straight life benefit shall be equal to the greater of the Actuarial
Equivalent of the benefit otherwise payable to the Participant’ calculated using:

(A)          The optional benefit factors
prescribed in the Plan (or in the absence of prescribed factors, the mortality
table and interest rate prescribed in the definition of Actuarial Equivalent);
or

(B)           The IRS Mortality Table and an
interest rate equal to 5%, or, if the form of benefit is subject to Section 417(e)(3)
of the Code, an interest rate equal to the IRS Interest Rate.

(d)           As of January 1 of each calendar year
commencing on or after January 1, 1988, the dollar limitation as determined by
the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service for that calendar year shall
become effective as the maximum annual benefit limitation in Section 6.01(a)(i)
during the limitation year ending within that calendar year.

A.03        Maximum Annual Additions Limitation

If
a Participant’s Annual Additions for any Plan Year would otherwise exceed the
maximum Annual Additions limitation set for in Section 6.01(b), the excess
Annual Additions for such Plan Year shall be reduced by reducing the
contributions made on behalf of the Participant to the Defined Contribution
Plans maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer during such Plan
Year in the manner and priority set forth in such plans.

A.04        Participant in a Defined Contribution
Plan

This
Section is repealed for Plan Years beginning January 1, 2000 and thereafter.

(a)           If a Participant under this Plan has
at any time participated in a Defined Contribution Plan maintained by the
Employer or an Affiliated Employer, and if Annual Additions have been made on behalf
of the Participant under such Defined Contribution Plan, the sum of the
Participant’s Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined Contribution Plan
Fraction shall not exceed 1.0.

(b)           In the event the sum of a Participant’s
Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined Contribution Plan Fraction exceeds
1.0, his benefits under, and contributions to, all plans shall be accomplished
by first reducing the benefits otherwise payable to the Participant under this
Plan or any other Defined Benefit Plan in which the Participant participates
(in such priority as shall be determined by the Administrative Committee for
this Plan and the administrators of such other plans), and second by reducing the
contributions made on behalf of the Participant to Defined Contribution Plans
in which the Participant participates in the manner and priority set forth in
such plans.  The necessary reductions
may, however, be made in a different manner and priority pursuant to the
agreement of the Administrative Committee for this Plan and the administrators
of all other plans in which the Participant participates.

A.05        Preservation of Current Accrued Pension

Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Appendix A, a Participant’s annual
benefit payable under the Plan, prior to any reduction required by operation of
Section A.04, shall in no event be less than:

(a)           The benefit that the Participant had
accrued under the Plan as of the end of the Plan Year beginning in 1982, with
no changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan on or after July 1, 1982, taken
into account in determining that benefit; or

(b)           The benefit that the Participant had
accrued under the Plan as of the end of the Plan Year beginning in 1986, with
no changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan after May 5, 1986, taken into
account in determining that benefit.

Appendix
B.  Top-Heavy Provisions

Section
6.02 of the Plan shall be construed in accordance with this Appendix B.  Unless the context clearly requires
otherwise, words and phrases used in this Appendix B shall have the same
meanings that are assigned to them under the Plan.

B.01        General Definitions

The
following words and phrases, when used in this Appendix B with an initial capital
letter, shall have the following meanings, unless the context clearly indicates
otherwise:

“Applicable
Determination Date” means the last day of the later of the 

first
Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year (where two or more plans are aggregated
and they do not have the same Plan Year, the Applicable Determination Date for
each plan shall be such date for each plan which falls within the same calendar
year).

“Applicable
Valuation Date” means the valuation date coincident with or immediately
preceding the last day of the first Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year,
whichever is applicable.

“Average
Remuneration” means the average annual Remuneration of a Participant for the
five consecutive years of Benefit Service after December 31, 1983, during which
he receives the greatest aggregate Remuneration from the Employer or an
Affiliated Employer, excluding any Remuneration for service after the last Plan
Year with respect to which the Plan is top-heavy.

“Key
Employee” means an Employee who is in a category of Employees determined in
accordance with the provisions of Sections 416(i)(1) and (5) of the Code and
any regulations thereunder, and where applicable, on the basis of the Employee’s
Remuneration from the Employer or an Affiliated Employer.

“Non-Key
Employee” means any Employee who is not a Key Employee.

“Permissive
Aggregation Group” means each qualified plan in the Required Aggregation Group
and any other qualified plan(s) of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer in
which all Participants are Non-Key Employees if the resulting aggregation group
continues to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

“Remuneration”
means “Section 415 Compensation” (as defined in Appendix A), except that
Remuneration for purposes of this Appendix B shall not exceed the Maximum
Compensation Limitation for any Plan Year.

“Required
Aggregation Group” means any other qualified plan(s) of the Employer or an
Affiliated Employer in which there are Participants who are Key Employees or
which enable(s) the Plan to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410
of the Code.

“Top-Heavy
Ratio” means the ratio of (a) the present value of the Accrued Pensions under
the Plan for Key Employees to (b) the present value of the Accrued Pensions
under the Plan for all Key Employees and Non-Key Employees.  The Top-Heavy Ratio shall be determined as of
the Applicable Valuation Date in accordance with Sections 416(g)(3) and (4) of
the Code utilizing the Plan’s actuarial funding assumptions.  For purposes of determining the Top-Heavy
Ratio:

(a)           The present value of Accrued Pensions
under the Plan shall be combined with the present value of accrued pensions or
account balances under each other qualified plan in the Required Aggregation
Group and, in the discretion of the Administrative Committee, may be combined
with the present value of accrued pensions or account balances under any other
qualified plan in the Permissive Aggregation Group;

(b)           The present value of accrued pensions
or account balances of all Non-Key Employees who were Key Employees during any
prior Plan 

Year
shall not be taken into account;

(c)           Distributions made during the
five-year period ending on the Applicable Determination Date shall be taken
into account; and

                (d)           The present value of accrued pensions
or account balances of Participants who have not performed services for the
Employer or an Affiliated Employer during the five-year period ending on the Applicable
Determination Date shall not be taken into account.

B.02        Top-Heavy Definition

                The
Plan shall be “top-heavy” with respect to any Plan Year if, as of the
Applicable Determination Date, the Top-Heavy Ratio exceeds 60%.

B.03        Provisions Applicable When The Plan Is
Top-Heavy

(a)           The following provisions shall be
applicable to Participants for any Plan Year with respect to which the Plan is
top-heavy:

(i)            The Accrued Pension of a Participant
who is a Non-Key Employee shall not be less than 2% of his Average Remuneration
multiplied by the number of years of his Benefit Service, not in excess of 10,
during the Plan Years after 1983 for which the Plan is top-heavy.  That minimum benefit shall be payable at a
Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.  If
payments commence at a time other than the Participant’s Normal Retirement
Date, the minimum Accrued Pension shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of that minimum
benefit.

(ii)           A Participant shall vest in his
Accrued Pension Derived from Employer Contributions in accordance with the following
schedule in lieu of the provisions of Section 4.01(b):

	
  Years of Vesting Service

  	
   

  
	
  Vesting Percentage

  	
   

  
	
  Less than 2

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
  %

  
	
  2 but less than 3

  	
   

  	
  20

  	
  %

  
	
  3 but less than 4

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
  %

  
	
  4 but less than 5

  	
   

  	
  60

  	
  %

  
	
  5 or more

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
  %

  

 

However,
in no event shall the Participant’s vested percentage in his Accrued Pension Derived
from Employer Contributions determined under this Section B.03(a)(ii) be less
than the Participant’s vested percentage determined under Section 4.01(b).

(iii)          The 1.25 multiplier in the definitions
of “Defined Benefit Plan Fraction” and “Defined Contribution Plan Fraction” in Section
A.01 of Appendix A shall be reduced to 1.0, and the $51,875 dollar amount in
the definition of “Defined Contribution Plan Fraction” in Section A.01 of
Appendix A 

shall
be reduced to $41,500.

(b)           If the Plan is top-heavy with respect
to a Plan Year and ceases to be top-heavy for a subsequent Plan Year, the
following provisions shall be applicable:

(i)            The Accrued Pension in any such
subsequent Plan Year shall not be less than the minimum Accrued Pension
provided in Section B.03(a)(i) computed as of the end of the most recent Plan
Year for which the Plan was top-heavy.

(ii)           If a Participant has completed three
Years of Vesting Service on or before the last day of the most recent Plan Year
for which the Plan was top-heavy, the vesting schedule set forth in Section
B.03(a)(ii) shall continue to be applicable.

(iii)          If a Participant has completed at
least two, but less than three, Years of Vesting Service on or before the last
day of the most recent Plan Year for which the Plan was top-heavy, the vesting
provisions of Section 4.01(b) shall again be applicable; provided however, that
in no event shall the vested percentage of a Participant’s Accrued Pension
Derived from Employer Contributions be less than the percentage determined
under Section B.03(a)(ii) as of the last day of the most recent Plan Year for
which the Plan was top-heavy.

Appendix
C.          Limitation Concerning Highly
Compensated Employees or Former Highly Compensated Employees (Effective January
1, 1994)

Beginning
January 1, 1994, the provisions of this Appendix C shall apply (a) in the event
the Plan is terminated, to any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee
or former Highly Compensated Employee of the Employer or an Affiliated
Employer, and (b) in any other event, to any Participant who is one of the 25
highest compensated employees or former highest compensated employees of the
Employer or Affiliated Employer with the greatest compensation in any Plan
Year.

C.01        Restrictions

The
amount of the annual payments to any one of the Participants to whom this
Appendix C applies shall not be greater than the sum of:

(a)           An amount equal to the payments that
would be made on behalf of the Participant under a single life annuity that is
the Actuarial Equivalent of the sum of the Participant’s Accrued Pension and other
benefits under the Plan (other than a social security supplement), and

(b)           The amount of the payments the
Participant is entitled to receive, if any, under a social security supplement.

C.02        Limitation on Restrictions

(a)           If, after payment of benefits to any
one of the Participants to whom this Appendix C applies, the value of Plan
assets equals or exceeds 110% of the value of current liabilities (as that term
is defined in Section 412(l)(7) of the Code) of the Plan, the provisions of
Section C.01 shall not be applicable to the payment of benefits to such
Participant.

(b)           If the value of the Accrued Pension
and other benefits of any one of the Participants to whom this Appendix C
applies is less than 1% of the value of current liabilities (as that term is
defined in Section 412(l)(7) of the Code) of the Plan, the provisions of Section
C.01 shall not be applicable to the payment of benefits to such Participant.

(c)           If the Actuarial Equivalent of the
Accrued Pension and other benefits of any one of the Participants to whom this
Appendix C applies does not exceed $5,000 ($3,500 prior to August 5, 1997), the
provisions of Section C.01 shall not be applicable to the payment of benefits
to such Participant.

(d)           To the extent permitted by law, if
any Participant to whom this Appendix C applies elects to receive a lump sum
payment in lieu of his benefit and the provisions of Section C.01 are not met with
respect to such Participant, the Participant shall be entitled to receive his
benefit in full provided he (i) agrees to repay to the Plan any portion of the
lump sum payment which would be restricted by operation of the provisions of
Section C.01 and (ii) provides adequate security to guarantee that repayment in
accordance with rules established by the Internal Revenue Service.

                (e)           In the event the Plan is terminated,
the restrictions of this Appendix C shall not be applicable if the benefits
payable to any Highly Compensated Employee and any former Highly Compensated Employee
are limited to a benefit that is nondiscriminatory under Section 401(a)(4) of
the Code.

(f)            If it is subsequently determined by
statute, court decision acquiesced in by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue,
or ruling by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue, that the provisions of this
Appendix C are no longer necessary to qualify the Plan under the Code, this
Appendix C shall be ineffective without the necessity of further amendment to
the Plan.

Appendix
D.          Limitation Concerning Highly
Compensated Employees or Former Highly Compensated Employees (Effective January
1, 1989, Through December 31, 1993

For
the period beginning January 1, 1989, and ending December 31, 1993, the
provisions of this Appendix D shall apply to any Participant who is one of the
25 highest paid Employees of the Employer on any Commencement Date and whose
anticipated annual Pension provided under the Plan at Normal Retirement Date
exceeds $1,500.  “Commencement Date” 

means
the Effective Date of the Plan or the effective date of any amendment to the
Plan which increases the benefits.

(a)           If the Plan is terminated during the
first 10 years after a Commencement Date, the amount of the Pension provided
under the Plan for any one of the Participants to whom this Appendix D applies
shall not be greater than the amount of Pension that can be provided by the
largest of the following amounts:

(i)            The Employer’s contributions (or
funds attributable to those contributions) which would have been applied to provide
the Pension if the Plan as in effect on the date before that Commencement Date
had been continued without change;

(ii)           $20,000;

(iii)          The sum of (A) the Employer’s
contributions (or funds attributable to those contributions) which would have
been applied to provide benefits for the Employee if the Plan had been
terminated on the day before that Commencement Date, plus (b) an amount
computed by multiplying the smaller of $10,000 or 20 percent of the average
annual remuneration of that Employee during the last five years of service, by
the number of years since that Commencement Date; or

(iv)          The present value of the maximum
benefit guaranteed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC), as
described in Section 4022(b)(3)(B) of ERISA, determined on the basis of the
actuarial assumptions promulgated by the PBGC applicable as of the date of
termination of the Plan or the date Pension payments commence, whichever is
earlier.

(b)           Any excess reserves arising by
application of the provisions of paragraph (a) above shall be used and applied
as provided in the Plan for the benefit of the other persons entitled to
benefits under the Plan.  However, if
sufficient funds are available to provide in full for the Pensions accrued for
all other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan to the date of
termination of the Plan, those excess reserves shall first be used and applied to
provide the accrued Pensions of the Participants whose Pensions have been
restricted by operation of the provisions of this Appendix D.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00129-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00129-of-00352.parquet"}]]